No. 1.—Page 2, Vol. I.
In the third and fourth century of the Christian era, pilgrimages
to the Holy Land became so frequent, that they led
to many abuses. St. Augustine, Serm. 3, de Martyr. Verb.,
expresses himself thus: “Dominus non dixit, Vade in Orientem
et quære justitiam: naviga usque ad Occidentem, ut accipias
indulgentiam.” The same saint says elsewhere, Serm. 1, de
Verb. Apost. Petri ad Christum: “Noli longa itinera meditari;
ubi credis, ubi venis; ad eum enim, qui ubique est, amando
venitur, non navigando.” St. Gregory of Nyssus, in a letter
which bears for title, “De Euntibus Hierosolymam,” speaks
with still greater vehemence against pilgrimages: he thinks
that women, in particular, would meet on their route with frequent
opportunities for sinning; that Jesus Christ and the Holy
Ghost were not in one place more than another; he censures
bitterly the morals of the inhabitants of Jerusalem, who committed
the greatest crimes, although they had constantly before
their eyes Calvary and all the places visited by pilgrims. St.
Jerome endeavoured to divert St. Paulinus from the pilgrimage
to Jerusalem, by a letter which is still preserved: “De Hierosolymis,”
said he, “et de Britannia equaliter patet aula cœlestis.”
He added, that an innumerable crowd of saints and doctors
enjoyed eternal life without ever having seen Jerusalem; that
from the reign of Hadrian to that of Constantine, an image of
Jupiter received the adorations of the pagans upon the rock of
Calvary, and that fervent worship was paid to Venus and Adonis
within the walls of Bethlehem.
We add an extract from the pilgrimage of St. Eusebius of
Cremona, and his friend St. Jerome, taken from a notice, written
by Francis Ferrarius, vol. i. of the Bollandists, of the month of
April, p. 276.
“(A.D. 390-423.) According to St. Jerome, St. Eusebius
was born at Cremona, of distinguished parents, who spared
neither pains nor expense for his education. They were rewarded
by the rapid progress of their son in knowledge, but particularly
by the rare virtues which he showed from his earliest childhood.
Solely occupied with religious ideas, Eusebius, when still young,
abandoned his parents, his country, and all the advantages
which his birth and wealth promised him, to go to Rome, and
visit the sacred monuments contained in that city. Very soon
becoming united in a strict friendship with St. Jerome, who
dwelt in Rome, Eusebius determined to accompany him in a
voyage which the latter intended to make to Jerusalem.
“Having embarked, they visited the isle of Cyprus in their passage,
passed through Antioch, where they were received by St.
Paulinus, who was bishop of that city,[128] and arrived safely at Jerusalem.
After having performed their devotions in the spots sanctified
with the presence of Christ, they visited Bethlehem, Calvary,
Mount of Olives, and Mount Tabor, the valley of Jehoshaphat, the
castle of Emmaüs, and extended their pilgrimage as far as Egypt,
to witness the fasts and austerities to which the pious solitaries
of the Thebaïs abandoned themselves. Returning into Judæa, the
city of Bethlehem particularly fixed their attention, and they
resolved to found a monastery there, which was soon filled with
religious men disposed to follow the rules established by St.
Jerome himself. But the crowd of pilgrims becoming daily more
considerable, and not knowing how to feed and lodge them, the
two friends were obliged to return to Italy, to sell the property
they had there, which they destined for these pious purposes.
St. Jerome, compelled by his affairs to go to Rome, there met
with St. Paulina, descended from the ancient family of the
Gracchi. This lady, learning the project that had brought him
into Italy, determined to follow his example: she abandoned her
fortune, her country, and her children, and accompanied him to
Bethlehem, where she founded a monastery for maidens, which
she governed herself to the time of her death. St. Jerome,
after having employed the large sums he brought back in the
construction of an hospital for pilgrims, terminated his pious
career at Bethlehem, at an advanced age. Eusebius, who was
named abbot after the death of his friend, only survived him
two years. Deeply regretted by his monks, of whom he had
constantly been the benefactor and the father, he was interred,
according to his desire, with St. Jerome, close to the stable in
which the Saviour was born. Thus were united in the tomb, as
they had been in life, and as they are, without doubt, in heaven,
where their virtues have placed them, two men who renounced
all they held most dear to strengthen the faith of the faithful,
and to become in a distant country the consolers of the unfortunate.”
————
No. 2.—Page 3, Vol. I.
The Itinerary from Bordeaux to Jerusalem.
Although we do not think it necessary, at this time of day, to
give, as Mr. Michaud has done, in his “Pièces Justificatives,”
the whole of this celebrated Itinerary,[129] with remarks upon the
places passed through or by; we think we shall gratify the
praiseworthy curiosity of many of our readers by so far presenting
the details, as to show the route by which early pilgrims travelled
to the Holy Land.
This Itinerary is deemed by learned men the most exact and
correct that has come down to modern times; it was printed for
the first time, in 1588, by the care of the celebrated Pierre
Pithon, from a manuscript upon vellum in his own library; and
which, when M. Michaud wrote this history, was in the Imperial
Library at Paris. This Itinerary was composed about the year
333 of the Christian era. In fact, the author of it informs us
that he went from Constantinople to Chalcedon, and that he returned
to Constantinople under the consulship of Dalmatius and
Xenophilus, who, we learn from Cassiodorus and other authorities,
were consuls together in the year 333. The author was
a Christian of Bordeaux, whose aim, in this work, was to facilitate
for his compatriots the voyage to the Holy Land, which he
himself had performed.
The example of the empress Helena, and the magnificence
with which she had ornamented the humble spot which gave our
Saviour birth, singularly excited, at this period, the zeal and
curiosity of Christians for such voyages. A passage from the
Psalms, badly interpreted in the Greek, was considered as a prophecy,
and a commandment to all the faithful to visit the holy
places. In the Psalms was read: “Let us adore the Lord, in
the spot where his feet were placed,” and the bishops of that
time unceasingly repeated: “The psalmist has prophesied, and
has said; Let us adore the Lord on the spot where his feet were
placed.” This is in the 132nd Psalm, and Jerome, Eusebius,
and others did not understand it otherwise; the Vulgate translates
it: Adorabimus in loco ubi steterunt pedes ejus; but the
Hebrew only says, We will prostrate ourselves before thy footstool,
that is to say, before the holy ark; and this is the version
in the English.
On leaving this famous city, our pilgrim directed his course
towards Thoulouse, passing by Auch—from Thoulouse to Narbonne,
passing by Carcassonne—and from Narbonne to Arles,
passing by Beziers and Nîmes. Arles was then a city of great
note, being called the Little Rome of the Gauls. He continues
his route towards Italy, and after having passed through the
cities of Avignon, Orange, Valence, Die, Gap, and Embrun, he
arrives at the foot of the Cottian Alps (Alpes Cottiæ); at
Briançon he begins to climb Mount Genevre, and soon finds
himself at Susa in Italy. He afterwards enters Turin, follows
the Po, traverses the beautiful plains of Piedmont, which are
north of that river, till he gains Pavia; he re-ascends towards
the north, and arrives at Milan, then the city of Italy second
only to Rome. Continuing his route towards the East, the pilgrim
passes through Bergamo, Brescia, Verona, Vicenza, and
arrives at Aquileia, then a great city, but afterwards destroyed
by Attila. He then ascends the Julian Alps, which separate
Friuli from Carniola. He arrives at Æmona (Layback), and at
twenty-three miles beyond that place, marks the limits of Italy
and Norica; which limits were at that time the boundaries of
the Western and the Eastern empires.
Our pilgrim, after quitting the vicariat of Italy, or the ancient
Cisalpine Gaul, enters the diocese of Illyria, goes on to Cilley,
and reaches the city of Petau, in modern Styria. Crossing the
river Drave, he enters Lower, or Second Pannonia; but continues
to follow the northern banks of the Drave, or the southern frontiers
of modern Hungary, and traversing Pannonia Superior, he
directs his course to the south, and gains the banks of the Save
at Cibalis, which was placed where now the modern village of
Svilaï stands, to the east of Brod. Proceeding towards the
East, he enters Sirmium, then one of the most considerable
cities of the Eastern empire, but of which there are now scarcely
any vestiges. At a short distance from Sirmium our pilgrim
comes to the confluence of the Save and the Danube, at Singidunum,
where Belgrade is at present, which city, he informs us,
terminates Pannonia Superior. Crossing the Save, he finds himself
in Mœsia, now Servia, and follows the course of the Danube.
At Viminacium, now in ruins, near Vi-Palanka and Ram, our
pilgrim does not neglect to remark that it was at this place
Diocletian killed Carinus, which agrees with the account of
Eutropius of this event. After leaving the banks of the Danube
at Viminacium, he directs his course towards the south-east,
following the Roman way, which deviates little from the banks
of the Morava, and at about fifty miles before he comes to Nissa,
he points to a station called Mansio Oromago, as the limits of
Mœsia and Dacia; but which we must observe is the Dacia of
Aurelian, and not that of Trajan, of which he speaks. After
having traversed Nissa into Servia, he arrives at the city of
Sardica, whose ruins are now to be seen near Sophia, or Triaditza.
Continuing to follow the same route, which is that of
the present day, from Belgrade to Constantinople, he sets down
the limits between Dacia and Thrace, just beyond the Mutatio
Sencio. From Philippopolis, or Felibra, our pilgrim journeys to
Heraclia, now Erekil, on the coast of the Sea of Marmora, and,
at length to Constantinople. From Constantinople, says our
traveller, you cross the Bosphorus, you arrive at Chalcedon, and
go through Bithynia. At Libyssa, near Gebyzeh, on the coast
of the Propontis, our pilgrim remarks, is the tomb of Hannibal;
which is confirmed by Pliny, Plutarch, Eusebius, &c. Tournefort
and Belo, among the moderns, say they have seen the tomb
in this place. After arriving in Nicomedia (Isnikmid), our pilgrim
continues his route, and passing through Nice (Isnik)
marks near Ceratæ the limits of Bithynia and Galatia. Then
on to Ancyra, near Angora—then to Andrapa, where he places
the limits of Galatia and Cappadocia. Proceeding still towards
the south-east, into the Karismania of the moderns, he gains
Tyana, which he tells us is the country of the magician Apollonius.
Next is a place called Pilas, and soon after Tarsus,
which he does not fail to tell us is the country of the apostle
Paul. He then enters Cilicia Secunda, which formed one of the
divisions of the empire of the East. At nine miles beyond
Alexandria (or Scanderoun) he marks the limits of Cilicia and
Syria, and arrives at length at the city of Antioch (Antakia).
Our traveller then continues his route along the Roman way
which ran along the coast of Syria, and at Balnea (Belnia),
indicates the limits of Syria and Phœnicia. On passing by a
small place called Antaradus (Centre-Aradus), which is the
Tortosa of the time of the crusades, he takes care to observe
that the city of Aradus itself is only two miles from the coast.
This powerful city was built in the little island called Ruad by
the moderns. Our traveler crosses Tripolis (Taraboles), then
Berytus (Berouth), and arrives at Sidona (Saide). Next to
Tyre (now the little village of Sour); thence to Ptolemaïs (St.
Jean d’Acre), and at Sycamenes be finds himself at the foot
of Mount Carmel. At eight miles from that place he indicates
the confines of Syria and Palestine, and arrives at Cæsarea
(Qaïsarich). On leaving Cæsarea, our pilgrim quits the direct
road that leads to Jerusalem. In order the better to fulfil the
object of his voyage, and visit Palestine, he directs his course to
the East, towards the revered waters of the Jordan. After interrupting
his Itinerary to make several Biblical remarks, he
proceeds to the banks of the Jordan, at a place called Scythopolis
or Bethsan, named by the moderns Bisan; then going afterwards
to the south of the side of Jerusalem, he passes Aser,
“in which was the house of Job,” and at fifteen miles thence
enters Neapolis or Sichem, the Naboles of the moderns. Here
he ceases to follow any direct route, but visits every place that
the Old or New Testament has rendered memorable; and gives
an account of them in his journey from Neapolis to Jerusalem.
After seeing everything that could attract the attention of a
pious and well-informed Christian, he returns to Jerusalem, and
resumes his Itinerary with as much exactness as at first. As his
homeward journey begins by the same route he arrived, we will
join company with him at Erekil, on the coast of Marmora, where
he begins to deviate. He proceeds to the south of Mount
Rhodope, the Despeto-dag of the moderns; he passes through
the city of Apris, which, after Theodosius, took the name of
Theodosiopolis. At a short distance from Apris, our pilgrim indicates
the limits of the province of Europa, and that of Rhodope.
To understand this, we must remember that at the period
at which the Aquitain pilgrim wrote, the diocese of Thrace was
divided into six provinces, amongst which were those of Europa
and Rhodope; the cities of Constantinople, Heraclea, and Apris
were in the province of Europa. Our pilgrim reaches Trajanopolis,
which the Turks call Orichovo, and keeping to the west,
through Macedonia, or the Romania of the moderns, and
along the northern shores of the Sea of Marmora, and of the
Archipelago, he points out, near a place called Pardis, the boundary
of the provinces of Rhodope and Macedon—he crosses Neapolis,
now Cavale, and Philippi, which is in ruins. Shortly
afterwards he visits the celebrated Amphipolis on the Strymon,
the ruins of which are now near a little village called Jeni-Keni.
Twenty miles farther our pilgrim contemplates the tomb of the
poet Euripides, at a station named Arethusa, situated in a valley
of the same name. He passes by Thessalonica (Saloniki), which
is still one of the most considerable cities of these countries.
He arrives at Pella, the celebrated capital of Macedon, which
presents nothing at the present day but ruins, known by the
name of Palatiæ, or the Palaces. Our pilgrim does not omit to
show his erudition by remarking that Alexander the Great was
of this city—civitas Pelli, unde fuit Alexander Magnus Macedo.
Here the pilgrim, directing his course towards the north-west,
follows the famous Egnatian way, constructed by the Romans
through Macedon. This way passes to Edessa, to Heraclea in
Macedon, and there, discontinuing its northward direction, it
goes straight to the west to Dyrrachium; but one branch of
this way, before arriving at Dyrrachium, now Durazzo, re-descends
towards Apollonia, now in ruins under the name of Polina;
and it was this last that the pilgrim took. At thirty-three miles
from Heraclea, near a station called Brucida, he points out the
limits of Macedon and Epirus, two provinces which were then
only subdivisions of the great diocese of Macedon. At twenty-four
miles from Apollonia, the Aquitain traveller gains the coast
at Aulona (Valena), at a place where Epirus, or the coast of
Albania of the moderns, comes nearest to Italy. He then crosses
the strait between Aulona and Hydruntum, near Otranto.
Upon his arrival in Italy, our pilgrim goes to Brindisi, and
afterwards takes the Appian way, of all the ways the best and
the most frequented. It led him first to Capua. From Capua
he continues, by the same way, to Rome, crossing the Pontine
marshes. He quits Rome, and follows the Flaminian way, which
crosses the Apennines, and which leads out at Ariminum (Rimini),
by Spoleto, Fano, and Pesaro.
From Rimini our pilgrim takes the Emilian way, which traced
and still does trace a straight line; and traversing Bologna,
Modena, Parma, and Placentia, he arrives at last at Mediolanum
(Milan); from whence he returns to Bordeaux by the same
route he took at starting.
————
No. 3.—Page 25, Vol. I.
There is so much sameness, accompanied by such incredible
marvels, in the numerous pilgrimages described by M. Michaud,
that we are certain our readers will willingly dispense with them.
The incident which he promises to give of Foulque, count of
Anjou, is this:—“Then the count approached to kiss the Holy
Sepulchre, and then the divine clemency showed that the good
zeal of the count was acceptable, for the stone, which is hard and
solid, at the kiss of the count became soft and flexible as wax
warmed at the fire. The count bit it, and took away a large piece
in his mouth, without the infidels perceiving it; and he then,
quite at his ease, visited the other holy places.”
There is, indeed, another incident to which we fear M. Michaud
alludes; but as the amusement or instruction it could afford would
not compensate for its indecency, we do not give it.
————
No. 4.—Page 53, Vol. I.
Among the chroniclers who give an account of this very
memorable event, one of the most esteemed is William of
Malmesbury, a monk of the order of St. Bennet. From his
learning he was called the Librarian, and his particular study
was history. He lived in the early part of the twelfth century.
Our author having transferred the spirit of all the chronicles to
his text, we deem it quite unnecessary to offer the whole that he
has quoted from them in his Pièces Justificatives; but there is a
curious passage of William of Malmesbury, which shows the
character of the writer and his times, that we shall not hesitate
to give.
Having said that, after the council, every one retired to his
home, he continues thus:—“Immediately the fame of this great
event being spread through the universe, penetrated the minds
of Christians with its mild breath, and wherever it blew, there
was no nation, however distant or obscure it might be, that did
not send some of its people. This zeal not only animated the provinces
bordering on the Mediterranean, but all who had ever
even heard of the name of a Christian in the most remote isles,
and among barbarous nations. Then the Welshman abandoned
his forests and neglected his hunting; the Scotchman deserted
the fleas with which he is so familiar; the Dane ceased to swallow
his intoxicating draughts; and the Norican turned his back upon
his raw fish.[130] The fields were left by the cultivators, and the
houses by their inhabitants; all the cities were deserted. People
were restrained neither by the ties of blood nor the love of
country; they saw nothing but God. All that was in the
granaries or destined for food, was left under the guardianship of
the greedy agriculturist. The voyage to Jerusalem was the only
thing hoped for or thought of. Joy animated the hearts of all
who set out; grief dwelt in the hearts of all who remained.
Why do I say, of those who remained? You might have seen
the husband setting forth with his wife, with all his family; you
would have laughed to see all the penates put in motion and
loaded upon cars. The road was too narrow for the passengers,
more room was wanted for the travellers, so great and numerous
was the crowd.”
————
No. 5.—Page 82, Vol. I.
Robert of Normandy.
Robert had, before the crusades, long and serious quarrels
with his father, William II. of Normandy and I. of England.
In 1080, he quitted his country and sought the protection of his
uncles, Robert, count of Flanders, Udo, archbishop of Trèves,
and several other princes of the houses of Lorraine, Germany,
Aquitain, and Gascony. He made his complaints to them,
mingling falsehood with truth, and received great assistance
from them. But he squandered their gifts among actors, parasites,
and courtezans. He was so prodigal that he soon became
straitened again, and was obliged to have recourse to usurers.
“Every one,” says the chronicler Orderic Vital, “knew Duke
Robert for an indolent, weak prince. So the ill-intentioned,
despising him, took advantage of his character to excite trouble
and factions. The duke was bold, valiant, worthy of praise in
many respects, and naturally eloquent; but he was inconsiderate,
prodigal in his bounty, free of promises, light and imprudent
in his falsehoods, allowing himself to be easily prevailed
upon by prayers; mild in character and slow to punish crime;
changeable in his decisions, too familiar in his conversation, and by
that means drawing upon himself the contempt of the ill-disposed.
He was stout, and short of stature, whence his father named him
Courte-Heuse. He was anxious to please everybody, and gave,
or promised, or granted, all that was asked of him. Prodigal of
his patrimony, he diminished it daily by giving imprudently to
every one what he desired. Thus he became poor, and furnished
others with means to act against him.” When the first crusade
took place, Normandy, ill-governed by such a prince, was in the
most deplorable condition. Duke Robert, in fear of the greatest
evils, saw no better means of avoiding them, than by pledging
his duchy with his brother William Rufus, for five years, for the
sum of ten thousand marks, and setting out for Jerusalem.
With his exploits in the Holy Land our readers are acquainted.
In the year 1100, Robert, on his return from Palestine, landed
in Apulia, where he fell in love with Sibylla, daughter of Geoffrey
of Conversana, nephew of Duke Guiscard. He married her, and
took her into Normandy, obtaining from his father-in-law the
means of redeeming his duchy. He lived there eight years
much in the same fashion as before his pilgrimage. At the end
of that period, and in consequence of events foreign to our object,
he was made prisoner at Tinchebray in Normandy, by his brother
Henry, who carried him to London, where he remained confined
twenty-seven years, but always living amidst the enjoyments
of life.
————
No. 6.
Charlemagne.
Whilst searching the Chronicles for passages illustrative of
our work, we met with a portrait of Charlemagne so exceedingly
interesting, that although he had nothing to do with the crusades,
we cannot refrain from presenting it to our readers, begging
them to remember that Charlemagne was considered, even in
Asia, as the most powerful prince of Europe.
“Charlemagne, who attained the highest degree of celebrity
and glory, of a scrupulous and profound piety, was well informed
in letters and philosophy, was the avenger and ardent propagator
of the Christian religion, and the defender and supporter of
justice and truth. Charlemagne’s face was very white (at the
time he was crowned by the pope, Leo), his countenance was
cheerful, and whether standing or sitting, his carriage was equally
majestic. Although his neck was thick and rather short, and his
belly too protuberant, all his limbs were well proportioned. On
days of festivity he wore a mantle of gold tissue, and a chaussure
ornamented with precious stones. His sagum, or cloak, was
fastened with a golden clasp, and his diadem was enriched with
gold and jewels. Towards the end of his career, he was seized,
on his return from Spain, with a fever, which lasted four years,
and rendered him lame. He followed rather his own inclinations
than the advice of his physicians, for whom he had a kind of
aversion, because they wished him to abstain from roast meat, of
which he was very fond, and to accustom himself to live on boiled
meats. Charles was called great on account of his great good
fortune, in which he was not inferior to his father, but was, on
the contrary, more frequently a conqueror and more illustrious.
In his youth his hair was brown, and his complexion ruddy; he
was handsome, and had much dignity in his carriage; he was
very generous, very equitable in his judgments, eloquent, and
very well informed. He enjoyed every day the sports of the
chase and the exercise of riding on horseback; he was exceedingly
fond of tepid baths, to which he invited not only his children but
the lords of his court, his friends, and his guards, so that there
were often more than a hundred persons in the bath with him.
He was moderate in his eating, and still more so in his drinking;
nevertheless he often complained that fasts were injurious to him.
He rarely gave great banquets, except upon solemn occasions.
There were, ordinarily, not more than four dishes on his table,
besides the roast meat which he so greatly preferred. Whilst
he ate, a person read to him histories and accounts of the actions
of the ancients, or else the book of the City of God, by Saint
Augustine, for which he had a great predilection. During the
repast he never drank more than three times. In summer, he
took fruit after dinner, and slept two or three hours, undressed
as if at night. His dress was that of the Franks, and he constantly
wore a sword; the sword-belt and baldric being of gold
or silver. Sometimes he wore two swords. He spoke several
languages. He had around him doctors of the seven liberal arts,
who instructed him daily; that is to say, a deacon of Pisa, in
grammar; a Saxon, in rhetoric, dialectics, and astronomy; and
Albin, surnamed Alouin, in the other arts. He himself made
some reforms in the art of reading and in that of singing,
although he never read in public aloud, and never sang but with
the choir. He caused all the laws of his kingdom to be written,
that were not so before. He himself wrote the actions and the
wars of the ancients, and began a grammar of the language of
his country. He had every night a hundred and twenty guards
around his bed. Ten were placed at his head, ten at his feet,
and ten on each side of him, and each of these forty held a naked
sword in one hand and a lighted torch in the other.”
————
No. 7.—Page 227, Vol. I.
The Chronicle of Tours.
We think it our duty to give here the passage from Albert
d’Aix in its entirety, which contains the motives for the sentence
of death pronounced by the leaders of the Christian army against
the Mussulmans found in Jerusalem. At the end is the description
of the massacres which followed the taking of the city. For
all who wish to appreciate the spirit of the times, this document
is important.
“Jerusalem civitas Dei excelsi, ut universi nôstis, magnâ difficultate,
et non sine damno nostrorum, recuperata, propriis
filiis hodie restituta est, et liberata de manu regis Babyloniæ
jugoque Turcorum. Sed modo cavendum est, ne avaritiâ, aut
pigritiâ vel misericordiâ erga inimicos habitâ, hanc amittamus,
captivis et adhuc residuis in urbe gentilibus, parcentes. Nam si
forte à rege Babyloniæ in multitudine gravi occupati fuimus.
subito ab intus et extra impugnabimur, sicque in perpetuum
exilium transportabimur. Unde primum et fidele nobis videtur
consilium, quatenus universi Saraceni et Gentiles, qui captivi
tenentur, pecunia redimendi, aut redempti, sine dilatione in
gladio corruant, ne fraude aut ingenio illorum nobis aliqua
occurrant adversa. Consilio hoc accepto, tertio die post victoriam
egressa est sententia à majoribus; et ecce universi arma
rapiunt, et miserabili cædi in omne vulgus gentilium, quod
adhuc erat residuum, exagunt, alios producentes à vinculis,
et decollantes; alios per vicos et plateas civitatis inventos
trucidantes, quibus antea pecuniæ causâ, aut humanâ pietate
pepercerant. Puellis tenellis detruncabant, aut lapidibus obruebant,
in nullis aliquam considerantes ætatem. E contra puellæ,
mulieres, matronæ, metu momentaneæ mortis angustatæ
et horrere gravissimæ necis concussæ, Christianos, in jugulum
utriusque sexus debacchantes ac sævientes, medios pro liberandâ
vitâ amplexabantur, quædam pedibus eorum advolvebantur, de
vitâ et salute suâ illos mirum miserando fletu et ejulatu sollicitantes.
Pueri vero quinquennes aut triennes matrum patrumque
crudelem casum intuentes, unà miserum clamorem et fletum
multiplicabant; sed frustra hæc pietatis et misericordiæ signa
fiebant. Nam Christiani sic neci totum laxaverunt animum, ut
non sugens masculus aut fœmina, nedum infans unius anni
vivens manum percussoris evaderet. Unde plateæ totius civitatis
Jerusalem, corporibus extinctis virorum, mulierum, lacerisque
membris infantium adeo stratæ et opertæ fuisse referuntur, ut
non solùm in vicis, soliis, et palatiis, sed etiam in locis desertæ
solitudinis, copia occisorum reperiebatur innumerabilis.”—Alb.
Aq. lib. 6, cap. 30, ap. Bong. pp. 282, 283.
————
No. 8.
Letter from Bohemond, Godfrey, Raymond, and Hugh the Great, upon the
Peace concluded with the Emperor, and the Victory gained over the
Infidels (anno 1097, ex Manuscript. St. Albani).
Bohemond, son of Guiscard; Raymond, count of St. Gilles;
Duke Godfrey, and Hugh the Great; to all of the sect of the
Catholic faith: may they attain the eternal felicity which we
wish them.
In order that the peace concluded between us and the emperor,
as well as the events that have happened to us since we
have been in the lands of the Saracens, be known to all the
world, we despatch to you, very dear brethren, an envoy, who
will inform you of all it can interest you to know. We have to
tell you, that in the month of May, the emperor promised us
that from that time, pilgrims who came from the West to visit
the Holy Sepulchre, should be protected from all insults on the
lands of his dominions; pronouncing pain of death against whoever
should transgress against his orders, and giving us at the
same time, as hostages, his son-in-law and his nephew, as guarantees
of his word. But let us return to events more capable
of interesting you. At the end of the same month of May, we
gave battle to the Turks, and, by the grace of God, we conquered
them. Thirty thousand were left upon the field of battle.
Our loss amounted to three thousand men, who, by that glorious
death, have acquired felicity without end. It is impossible to
value correctly the immense quantity of gold and silver, as well
as precious vestments and arms, that fell into our hands; Nice,
a city of importance, with the forts and castles which surround
it, immediately surrendered. We likewise fought a bloody battle
in Antioch; sixty-nine thousand infidels were killed in the place,
whilst only ten thousand of us had the good fortune to obtain
eternal life upon this occasion. Never was a joy equal to that
which animates us, beheld; for, whether we live, or whether we
die, we belong to the Lord. On this subject learn that the king
of Persia has sent us a message, by which he warns us of his
intention of giving us battle towards the festival of All-Saints.
If he should prove the conqueror, his design is, he says, with
the help of the king of Babylon and many other infidel princes,
to make incessant war upon the Christians; but if he should be
conquered, he will be baptized with all those he can persuade to
follow his example. We beg you, then, very dear brethren, to
redouble your fasts and your alms, particularly the third day
before the festival, which will be on a Friday, the day of triumph
of Jesus Christ, in which we shall fight with much more hope of
success, by preparing ourselves by prayers and other acts of
devotion.
P.S.—I, bishop of Grenoble,[131] send these letters, which
have been brought to me, to you archbishops and canons of the
church of Tours, in order that they may be known by all those
who will repair to the festival, and by those of the different
parts of the earth into which they shall return; and that some
may favour this holy enterprise by alms and prayers, whilst
others, taking up arms, will hasten to take a part in it.
————
No. 9.
Letter from Daimbert, Archbishop of Pisa, Godfrey of Bouillon, and
Raymond, Count of St. Gilles. They announce the Victories gained by
the Christian Armies in the Holy Land (anno 1100, ex Manuscript.
Signiensis Monasterii).
I, archbishop of Pisa, and the other bishops; Godfrey, by the
grace of God now defender of the Holy Sepulchre, and all the
army of the Lord, at present in the land of Israel, to our holy
father the pope, to the Romish Church, to all bishops, and to all
Christians, health and benediction in our Lord Jesus Christ.
God has manifested his mercy by accomplishing by means of
us, that which he promised in ancient times. After the taking
of Nice, our army, three hundred thousand men strong, covered
the whole of Romania. The Saracen princes and kings having
risen up against us, with the help of God were easily conquered
and annihilated; but as some of us became vain-glorious upon
these advantages, the Lord, to prove us, opposed Antioch to us,
a city against which human efforts could do nothing, which
stopped us nine months, and the resistance of which so humbled
our pride, that it compelled us to have recourse to penitence.
God, touched by our repentance, allowed a ray of his divine
mercy to shine upon us, introduced us into the city, and gave
the Turks with all their possessions up to us.
In our ingratitude, having a second time imputed this success
to our own courage, and not to the Omnipotent who had caused
us to obtain it, he permitted, for our chastisement, that an innumerable
multitude of Saracens should come and besiege us, so
that nobody durst go out of the city; we were soon given up to
so cruel a famine, that some of us, in their despair, did not
appear averse to nourishing themselves upon human flesh. It
would be too long to make the recital of all we suffered in this
respect. At length the anger of the Lord became appeased, and
he so inflamed the courage of our warriors, that even they who
were weakened by disease and famine took up arms and fought
valiantly. The enemy was conquered; and as our army was
fruitlessly consuming itself within the walls of Antioch, we
entered Syria, and took from the Saracens the cities of Barra
and Marra, as well as several castles and strong places. A horrible
famine which assailed our army here, placed us under the
cruel necessity of feeding upon the dead bodies of the Saracens,
already in a state of putrefaction. Happily, the hand of the
Lord aided us again, and opened to us the gates of the cities and
fortresses of the countries we passed through. At our approach,
they hastened to send us messengers loaded with provisions and
presents; they offered to surrender and accept the laws we might
please to dictate; but as we were few in number, and as the
general desire of the army was to march to Jerusalem, we continued
our route, after having required hostages of the cities,
the smallest of which contained more inhabitants than we had
soldiers.
The news of these advantages induced a great number of our
people who had remained at Antioch and Laodicea, to join us at
Tyre, so that, under the all-powerful ægis of the Lord, we arrived
at Jerusalem. Our troops suffered much in the siege of this
place from the want of water. The council of war being assembled,
the bishops and principal leaders ordered that the army
should make a procession barefooted around the city, in order
that He who formerly humiliated himself for us, touched by our
humility, might open the gates to us, and give up his enemies to
our anger. The Lord, appeased by our action, gave up Jerusalem
to us eight days afterwards, precisely at the period at
which the Apostles composing the primitive Church separated to
spread themselves over the different parts of the earth, an epoch
which is celebrated as a festival by a great number of the faithful.
If you desire to know what we did to the enemies we found in
the city, learn that in the portico of Solomon, and in the temple,
our horses walked up to their knees in the impure blood of the
Saracens. We already marked out those who were to guard the
place, and we had already granted to those whom a love of
country or a desire to see their families again recalled into
Europe, permission to return thither, when we were informed
that the king of Babylon was at Ascalon, with an innumerable
army, announcing haughtily his project of leading away into
captivity the Franks who guarded Jerusalem, and then rendering
himself master of Antioch. It was thus he spoke; but the God
of heaven had ordained otherwise. This news being confirmed
to us, we marched to meet the Babylonians, after leaving in the
city our wounded and our baggage, with a sufficient garrison.
The two armies being in presence of each other, we bent our
knees, and invoked in our favour the God of armies, that it
might please Him, in His justice, to annihilate by our hands the
power of the Saracens and that of the demon, and by that means
extend his Church and the knowledge of the Gospel from one sea
to the other. God granted our prayers, and gave us such courage
that those who could have seen us rush upon the enemy, would
have taken us for a herd of deer going to quench the thirst that
devours them in a clear fountain which they perceive. Our army
consisted of little more than five thousand horsemen and fifteen
thousand foot; the enemy, on the contrary, had more than a
hundred thousand horse and forty thousand foot soldiers. But
God manifested his power in favour of his servants. Our first
charge alone put to flight, even without fighting, this immense
multitude. It might be said they feared to offer the least
resistance, and that they had not arms upon which they could
depend to defend themselves with. All the treasures of the king
of Babylon fell into our hands. More than a hundred thousand
Saracens fell beneath our swords; a great number were drowned
in the sea, and fear was so strong upon them, that two thousand
were stifled in the gates of Ascalon, by pressing to get in.
If our soldiers had not been occupied in pillaging the camp of
the enemies, scarcely, of such a number, enough would have
escaped to announce their defeat. We cannot pass by in silence
a very extraordinary event. On the day before that of the
battle, we took possession of several thousands of camels, oxen,
and sheep. The leaders commanded the soldiers to leave them,
in order to march towards the enemy. A wonderful thing to
relate, these animals accompanied us still, stopping when we
stopped, advancing when we advanced; the clouds even sheltered
us from the ardour of the sun, and the zephyrs blew to refresh
us. We offered up thanks to the Lord for the victory he had
enabled us to gain, and we returned to Jerusalem. The count
of St. Gilles, Robert duke of Normandy, and Robert count of
Flanders, left Duke Godfrey there, and came back to Laodicea.
A perfect concord having been reëstablished between Bohemond
and our leaders by the archbishop of Pisa, the Count Raymond
prepared to return to Jerusalem for the service of God and his
brethren. In consequence we wish for you, heads of the Catholic
Church of Jesus Christ, and first of the Latin people; and you
all, bishops, clerks, monks, and laymen, that in favour of the
courage and admirable piety of your brethren, it may please the
Lord to pour his blessings upon you, to grant you the entire
remission of your sins, and to make you sit at the right hand of
God, who lives and reigns with the Father in the unity of the
Holy Ghost, from all eternity. So be it.
We pray you and supplicate you by our Lord Jesus Christ,
who was always with us, and who has preserved us through all
our tribulations, to show gratitude towards our brethren who
return to you, to do them kindness, and pay them that which
you owe them, in order by that means to render yourselves
agreeable to the Lord, and to obtain a part in the favours they
have merited from divine goodness.
————
No. 10.
Letter of the principal Crusaders to Pope Urban. (See Foulcher de
Chartres, pages 394, 395, of the Collection of Bongars.)
We are all desirous that you should know how great the mercy
of God has been towards us, and by what all-powerful help we
have taken Antioch; how the Turks, who had loaded with outrages
our Lord Jesus Christ, have been conquered and put to
death, and how we have avenged the injuries done to our God;
how we have at last been besieged by the Turks from Corasan,
Jerusalem, Damascus, and many other countries; and how at
length, by the protection of Heaven, we have been delivered
from a great danger.
When we had taken Nice, we routed, as you have learnt, a
great multitude of Turks who came out against us. We beat
the great Soliman (Kilidge-Arslan), we made a considerable
booty, and being masters of all Romania, we laid siege to Antioch.
We suffered much in this siege, both on the part of the
Turks shut up in the city, and on the part of those who came to
succour the besieged. At length, the Turks being conquered in
all the battles, the cause of the Christian religion triumphed in
the following manner. I, Bohemond (ego Bohemundus), after
having made an agreement with a certain Saracen, who agreed
to give up the city to me, I applied ladders to the walls towards
the end of the night, and we thus made ourselves masters of the
place which had so long resisted Jesus Christ. We killed Accien,
the governor of Antioch, with a great number of his people, and
we had in our power their wives, their children, their families,
and all that they possessed. We could not, however, get possession
of the citadel; and when we were about to attack it, we
saw an infinite number of Turks arrive, whose approach had been
announced to us for some time; we saw them spread over the
country, covering all the plains. They besieged us on the third
day; more than a hundred of them penetrated to the citadel, and
threatened to invade the city from within.
As we were placed upon a hill opposite to that on which the
fort stood, we guarded the road which led into the city, and
forced the infidels, after several combats, to reënter the citadel.
As they saw they could not execute their project, they surrounded
the place in such a manner that all communication was cut
off; at which we were greatly afflicted and desolated. Pressed
by hunger and all sorts of miseries, many among us killed their
horses and their asses which they brought with them, and ate
them; but at last the mercy of God came to our assistance; the
apostle Andrew revealed to a servant of God the place in which
the lance was with which Longinus pierced the side of the Saviour.
We found this holy lance in the church of the apostle Peter.
This discovery, and several other divine revelations, restored our
strength and courage to such a degree, that those who were full
of despair and fright became full of ardour and audacity, and
exhorted each other to the fight. After having been besieged
during three weeks and four days, on the day of the festival of
St. Peter and St. Paul, full of confidence in God, having confessed
all our sins, we marched out of the city in order of battle.
We were in such small numbers, in comparison with the army of
the Saracens, that the latter might well believe we meant to fly,
instead of to provoke them to fight. Having made our dispositions,
we attacked the enemy wherever they appeared in force.
Aided by the divine lance, we put them at once to flight. The
Saracens, according to their custom, began to disperse on all
sides, occupying the hills and roads, with the design of surrounding
us and destroying the whole Christian army; but we had
learnt their tactics. By the grace and mercy of God, we succeeded
in making them unite at one point, and when they were
united, the right hand of God fought with us; we forced them
to fly and abandon their camp, with all that was in it. After
having conquered them and pursued them the whole day, we
returned full of joy into Antioch. The citadel surrendered; the
commander and most of his people being converted to the Christian
faith. Thus our Lord Jesus Christ beheld all the city of
Antioch restored to his law and his religion; but as something
sorrowful is always mixed with the joys of this world, the bishop
of Puy, whom you gave us for your apostolic vicar, died after the
conquest of the city, and after a war in which he had gained much
glory. Now your children, deprived of the father you gave them,
address themselves to you who are their spiritual father. We
pray you, you who have opened to us the way we are following,
you, who by your discourses have made us quit our homes and
all we held dearest in our own countries, who have made us take
the cross to follow Jesus Christ and glorify his name, we conjure
you to complete your work by coming into the midst of us, and
by bringing with you all you can bring. It was in the city of
Antioch that the name of Christian took its origin; for when
St. Peter was installed in that church which we see every day,
those who had called themselves Galileans named themselves
Christians. What can be more just or more suitable than to see
him who is the head of the Church come to this city, which may
be regarded as the capital of Christendom? Come, then, and
help us to finish a war which is yours. We have conquered the
Turks and the Pagans; we cannot in the same way combat heretics,
Greeks, Armenians, Syrians, and Jacobites; we conjure you to
do so; we conjure you, holy Father, with earnestness. You,
who are the father of the faithful, come amongst your children;
you, who are the vicar of St. Peter, come and take your seat in
his church; come and mould our hearts to submission and
obedience; come and destroy by your supreme and sole authority
all kinds of heresies; come and lead us in the road you have
marked out for us, and open to us the gates of the one and the
other Jerusalem; come, and with us deliver the tomb of Jesus
Christ, and make the name of Christian prevail over all other
names. If you yield to our wishes, if you come amongst us,
every one will obey you. May He who reigns in all ages bring
you amongst us, and make you sensible to our prayers. Amen.
————
No. 11.
Council of Naplouse, held by the Authority of Garamond, Patriarch of
Jerusalem, to reform the Morals of the Christians of Palestine, in the
Presence of Baldwin, King of Jerusalem, in the year of our Lord 1120,
in the Pontificate of Calixtus II.
This is the manner in which William of Tyre, book xii. of the
Holy War, chap. xiii. relates summarily the cause and the acts
of the council.
The same year, that is to say the year 1120 of the incarnation
of the Word, the kingdom of Jerusalem being tormented,
on account of its sins, with many troubles, and in addition to
the calamities inflicted by their enemies, a multitude of locusts
and gnawing rats destroying the harvests to such a degree that
it was feared bread would be wanting; the seigneur Garamond,
patriarch of Jerusalem, a man religious and fearing God; the
king Baldwin, the prelates of the churches, and the great men
of the kingdom, repaired to Naplouse, a small city of Samaria,
and held a public assembly and a general court. In a sermon
addressed to the people, it was said, that as it appeared plain that
it was the sins of the people which had provoked the Lord, it was
necessary to deliberate in common upon the means of correcting
and repressing excesses, in order that, returning to a better life,
and worthily satisfying for their remitted sins, the people might
render themselves acceptable to Him who desireth not the death
of a sinner, but rather that he should turn from his wickedness
and live. Terrified, then, by the menacing signs of Heaven, by
frequent earthquakes, by successive defeats, by the pangs of
famine, by perfidious and daily attacks of their enemies; seeking
to win back the Lord by works of piety, they have, to restore
and preserve discipline in morals, decreed twenty-five acts, which
shall have the force of laws. If any one be desirous of reading
them, they will be easily found in the archives of many churches.
Present at this council, Garamond, patriarch of Jerusalem;
the logician Baldwin, second king of the Latins; Ekmar, archbishop
of Cæsarea; Bernard, bishop of Nazareth; the bishop of
Liddes; Gildon, abbot elect of St. Mary of the Valley of Jehoshaphat;
Peter, abbot of Mount Tabor; Achard, prior of
Mount Sion; Payen, chancellor of the king; Eustace Granier;
William de Buret; Batisan, constable of Jaffa; and many
others of the two orders, of whom we forget the number and the
names.
“The synod,” says Baronius, “towards the end of 1120 succeeded
in effecting such a reformation in morals, that by the
mercy of Heaven, in the following year, 1121, the leader of the
Turks, coming against Antioch with considerable strength, was
struck with apoplexy and died.”
Chap. 1.—As it is necessary that things which commence by
God should finish in him and by him, with the intention of
beginning this holy council and terminating it by the Lord, I,
Baldwin, second king of the Latins at Jerusalem, opening this
holy assembly by God, I render and I grant, as I have ordered,
to the holy Church of Jerusalem, and to the patriarch here present,
Garamond, as well as to his successors, the tenths of all
my revenues, as far as concerns the extent of this diocese; that
is to say, the tenths of my revenues of Jerusalem, Naplouse, and
Ptolemaïs, which is further called Accon. They are the benefits
of my royal munificence, in order that the patriarch, charged
with the duty of praying the Lord for the welfare of the state,
may have wherewithal to subsist on. And if, one day, in consequence
of the progress of the Christian religion, he, or one of
his successors, should ordain a bishop in one of these cities, he
may dispose of the tenths as well for the king as for the Church.
Chap. 2.—I, Bohemond, in the presence of the members of
this council, with the consent of the personages of the assembly
and of my barons, who will do the same by their tenths, according
to the extent of their ecclesiastical powers, I make restitution of
the tenths, as I have said; and agreeing with them as to the
injustice with which they and I have retained them, I ask pardon.
Chap. 3.—I, Patriarch Garamond, on the part of the all-powerful
God, by my power and that of all the bishops and
brethren here present, I absolve you upon the said restitution of
the tenths, and I accept charitably with them the tenths you
acknowledge to owe to God, to me, and to your other bishops,
according to the extent of the benefices of the brethren present
or absent.
Chap. 4.—If any one fears being ill-treated by his wife, let
him go and find him whom he suspects, and let him forbid him,
before legal witnesses, entrance to his house and all colloquy
with his wife. If, after this prohibition, he or any one of his
friends should find them in colloquy in his house or elsewhere,
let the man, without any cutting off of his members, be submitted
to the justice of the Church; and if he purges himself by
ardent fire, let him be dismissed unpunished. But when he
shall have undergone some disgrace for being surprised in colloquy,
let him be dismissed unpunished and without vengeance
for having violated the prohibition.
M. Michaud inserts the whole of these laws; but we omit the
next twelve, as more likely to create disgust than to afford
instruction or amusement.
Chap. 16.—The male or female Saracen who shall assume the
dress of the Franks shall belong to the state.
Chap. 17.—If any man, already married, has married another
woman, he has, to the first Sunday of Lent of our year, to confess
himself to the priest and perform penance; afterwards he
has but to live according to the precepts of the Church. But if
he conceals his crime longer, his goods will be confiscated; he
will be cut off from society and banished from this land.
Chap. 18.—If any man, without knowing it, marries the wife
of another, or if a woman marries, without knowing it, a man
already married, then let the one that is innocent turn out the
guilty one, and be in possession of the right of marrying again.
Chap. 19.—If any man, wishing to get rid of his wife, says he
has another, or that he has taken her during the lifetime of the
first, let him submit to the ordeal of red-hot iron, or let him
bring before the magistrates of the Church, legal witnesses, who
will affirm by oath that it is so. What is here said of men is
applicable to women.
Chap. 20.—If a clerk take up arms in his own defence, there
is no harm in it; but if, from a love of war, or to sacrifice to
worldly interests, he renounces his condition, let him return to
the Church within the time granted, let him confess and conform
afterwards with the instructions of the patriarch.
Chap. 21.—If a monk or regular canon apostatize, let him return
to his order or go back to his country.
Chap. 22.—Whoever shall accuse another without being able
to prove the fact, shall undergo the punishment due to the crime
he has accused him of.
Chap. 23.—If any one be convicted of robbery above the
value of six sous, let him be threatened with the loss of his hand,
his foot, or his eyes. If the theft be below six sous, let him be
marked with a hot iron on the forehead, and be whipped through
the city. If the thing stolen be found, let it be restored to him
to whom it belongs. If the thief has nothing, let his body be
given up to him he has injured. If he repeats the offence, let
him be deprived of all his members, and of his life.
Chap. 24.—If any one under age commits a theft, let him be
kept until the King’s court shall decide what shall be done with
him.
Chap. 25.—If any baron surprises a man of his own class in
the act of theft, the latter is not to be subject to the loss of his
members, but let him be sent to be judged in the King’s court.
————
No. 12.
Bull of Pope Eugenius III. for the Second Crusade.
We here give a translation of the bull of Eugenius III.,
published in 1145, for the second crusade. It is taken from
“Bullarum Romanum Novissimum,” the first volume.
“The servant of the servants of God, to his dear son Louis,
illustrious and glorious king of the French, to his dear sons the
princes, and to all the faithful of the kingdom of France, health
and apostolic benediction.
“We know by the history of times past, and by the traditions
of our fathers, how many efforts our predecessors made for the
deliverance of the Church of the East. Our predecessor, Urban,
of happy memory, sounded the evangelic trumpet, and employed
himself with unexampled zeal, in summoning the Christian
nations from all parts of the world to the defence of the Holy
Land. At his voice, the brave and intrepid warriors of the
kingdom of the Franks, and the Italians, inflamed with a holy
ardour, took arms, and delivered, at the cost of their blood, the
city in which our Saviour deigned to suffer for us, and which
contains the tomb, the monument of His passion. By the grace
of God, and by the zeal of our fathers, who defended Jerusalem,
and endeavoured to spread the Christian name in those distant
countries, the conquered cities of Asia have been preserved up to
our days, and many cities of the infidels have been attacked and
their inhabitants have become Christians. Now, for our sins,
and those of the Christian people (which we cannot repeat without
grief and lamentation), the city of Edessa,—which in our own
language is called Rohas, and which, if we can believe the history
of it, when the East was subjected to the Pagan nations,
alone remained faithful to Christianity,—the city of Edessa is
fallen into the hands of the enemies of the cross.
“Several other Christian cities have shared the same fate: the
archbishop of that city with his clergy, and many other Christians
have been killed; relics of saints have been given up to the
insults of the infidels, and dispersed. The greatest danger
threatens the Church of God and all Christendom. We are
persuaded that your prudence and your zeal will be conspicuous
on this occasion; you will show the nobleness of your sentiments
and the purity of your faith. If the conquests made by the
valour of the fathers are preserved by the valour of the sons, I
hope you will not allow it to be believed that the heroism
of the French has degenerated. We warn you, we pray you,
we command you, to take up the cross and arms. I warn you
for the remission of your sins,—you who are men of God,—to
clothe yourselves with power and courage, and stop the
invasions of the infidels, who are rejoicing at the victory gained
over you; to defend the Church of the East, delivered by our
ancestors; to wrest from the hands of the Mussulmans many
thousands of Christian prisoners who are now in chains. By
that means the holiness of the Christian name will increase in
the present generation, and your valour, the reputation of which
is spread throughout the universe, will not only preserve itself
without stain, but will acquire a new splendour. Take as your
example that virtuous Mattathias, who, to preserve the laws of
his ancestors, did not hesitate to expose himself to death with
his sons and his family; did not hesitate to abandon all he held
dear in the world, and who, with the help of Heaven, after a
thousand labours, triumphed over his enemies. We, who watch
over the Church and over you, with a parental solicitude, we
grant to those who will devote themselves to this glorious enterprise
the privileges which our predecessor Urban granted to the
soldiers of the cross. We have likewise ordered that their wives
and their children, their worldly goods, and their possessions,
should be placed under the safeguard of the Church, of the
archbishops, the bishops, and the other prelates. We order, by
our apostolic authority, that those who shall have taken the
cross shall be exempt from all kinds of pursuit on account of
their property, until their return, or until certain news be
received of their death. We order, besides, that the soldiers of
Jesus Christ should abstain from wearing rich habits, from having
great care in adorning their persons, and from taking with
them dogs for the chase, falcons, or anything that may corrupt
the manners of the warriors. We warn them, in the name of
the Most High, that they should only concern themselves with
their war-horses, their arms, and everything that may assist
them in contending with the infidels. The holy war calls for all
their efforts, and for all the faculties they have in them; they
who undertake the holy voyage with a right and pure heart and
who shall have contracted debts, shall pay no interest. If they
themselves, or others for them, are under obligations to pay
usurious interest, we release them from them by our apostolic
authority. If the lords of whom they hold, will not, or cannot
lend them the money necessary, they shall be allowed to engage
their lands or possessions to ecclesiastics, or any other persons.
As our predecessor has done, by the authority of the all-powerful
God, and by that of the blessed St. Peter, prince of the
apostles, we grant absolution and remission of sins, we promise
life eternal to all those who shall undertake and terminate the said
pilgrimage, or who shall die in the service of Jesus Christ, after
having confessed their sins with a contrite and humble heart.”
Given at Viterbo, in the month of December, 1145.
————
No. 13.
A Letter from Saladin, drawn up by the Cdi Alfadhel, to the Imaum Nassir
Del-din-illah Aboul Abbas Ahmed, containing the account of the Conquest
of Jerusalem, and of the Battle of Tiberias.
After devout wishes for the caliph, he enters thus on his
subject:—
“The servant (that is Saladin) has written this letter, which
contains the account of the auspicious events of which he is the
author. The inscription of this letter is the description of divine
goodness, which is a sea for pens, a sea in which they may swim
for ages. It is a blessing for which the gratitude should be
measureless. Let thanks then be rendered to God for this blessing
of to-day; it is a blessing which will last for ever; let no
one say: The like has been seen. The affairs of Islamism are in
the happiest condition; the faith of those who believe in it is
strengthened. The Mussulmans have destroyed the error which
infidels had spread over these places. God has faithfully fulfilled,
with regard to his religion, the compact he entered into.
Religion was exiled and a stranger; she now inhabits her natural
dwelling: the reward is received, that reward purchased at the
price of life. The commandment of the truth of God, which
was powerless, is now in vigour; his house is re-peopled, though
it was abandoned after it had been destroyed. The order of
God is arrived, and the noses of the polytheists are abased.
Swords advanced by night, and the sick were asleep. (That is
to say, I believe, that Saladin surprised the Crusaders, and that
the Christians did not expect what happened to them on his part.)
God has performed the promise he made to raise his religion
above all religions. Its light is more brilliant than that of the
morning; the Mussulmans are restored to their heritage, which
had been wrested from them. They have been awakened, they
have conquered that which they could not have hoped to conquer,
even in their dreams; their feet are firmly fixed upon the
hill; their standards have floated over the mosque; they have
prayed upon the black stone. In acting thus, the servant proposed
to himself nothing short of these great results; he only
confronted this evil (the evils of this war) in the hope of this
great blessing; he only made war on those who opposed him,
that the word of God might be spread; for the word of God is
exalted; he has only fought that he might by that means merit
eternal life, and not the wealth of this world. Perhaps, tongues
may have accused him of having a contemptible object, and men’s
thoughts have calumniated him; but he has extinguished these
thoughts by means of time and patience. He who sought a precious
thing placed himself in danger. He who exerted himself
to render his life illustrious, exposed himself. Otherwise, the
servant has only acted after having consulted with the wisest of
his doctors. The servant has written this letter, and already
God has caused him to triumph over his enemies. The towers
of the infidel are cast down; he drew his sword, and it became
a wand; his attacks became weak; he turned his bridle; and,
as a chastisement from God, he has not found hands to act with.
His swords have slept in their scabbards, his lances have lost
their noses (points), and for a long time they were raised to inflict
death. The land of Jerusalem is become pure; it was as a
woman who has her rules. God is become one God, and he was
trinary (or three). The houses of the infidel are destroyed, the
dwellings of polytheism are cast down. The Mussulmans have
taken possession of the fortified castles. Our enemies will not
return to them again, for they are branded with the seal of weakness
and degradation. God has placed beauty where deformity
was.
*******
The first time the servant attacked them,[132] God came to his
succour, and assisted him with his angels; he broke them with
a rupture past remedy; he precipitated them with a fall which
would not allow the infidels to rise up again. He made a great
number of prisoners, and killed many of their people. The field
of battle was covered with dead, arms, and horses. How many
swords became like saws, with striking! How many horsemen
rushed towards the destiny which destroyed them! The king
himself (of Jerusalem) advanced and cleared all before him.
That day was a day of testimony (of the favour of God and the
valour of the Mussulmans). The angels were witnesses. Error
was at bay; Islamism took birth. The ribs of the infidels were
materials for the fire of hell. The king was taken, and he held
in his hand the most firm of his ties, the most strong of the
bonds of his religion and of his belief. That was the cross, the
leader, the guide of the partisans of pride and tyranny. They
(the Christians) never advanced towards a peril without having
this in the midst of them; they flew round it as moths fly round
a light. Their hearts gathered together under its shade; they
fought under this light with the greatest courage. They considered
it as the strongest tie that could bind them together;
they believed it to be a wall which would defend them on this
day. On that day the greater part of the infidels were taken.
Not one of them turned his back, except the Count.[133] May
God curse him! He was eager for carnage in the day of victory,
and full of base tricks in the day of degradation; he saved himself!
but how? he stole away for fear of being struck by the
lance or the sword; God afterwards took him in his own hands,
caused him to die according to his promise, and sent him from
the kingdom of death to hell. After the defeat, the servant
passed through the province (Palestine), and gathered together
the Abassides subjects that were scattered about it;—those subjects
who carried terror to the hearts of their enemies; and he
conquered by their aid such and such places.
*******
This province (Palestine) is full of wells, lakes, islands, mosques,
minarets, population, armies. The servant will change the tares
of error for the good seed of the true faith; he will cast down
the crosses of the churches, and will cause the izan (the summons
of the Mussulmans to prayers) to be heard. He will
change into pulpits the places on which the infidels immolated
(altars), and of churches he will make mosques.
“There remained nothing but Jerusalem; every banished man,
every fugitive had here taken refuge; those from afar as well as
those near had here shut themselves up; they considered themselves
as there protected by the favour of God; they believed
that their Church would intercede for them. Then the servant
arrived before the city; he beheld a city well peopled; he beheld
troops who had agreed to die; for whom death would be sweet
if their city was doomed to fall. He came to one side of the
city, but he found that the valleys (or the gardens) were deep;
that bad passages were numerous; that the walls, like a necklace,
surrounded it, and that towers, like large beads,[134] were
placed along the middle of the walls. Then he directed his
course to another side, where there was such an ascent as he
desired, a place and an asylum for the cavalry; he surrounded
this side and made his approaches to it; he caused his tent to be
pitched in a spot exposed to the attempts of the enemy; he
attacked the walls vigorously, and at length got possession of
them. The besieged sent to him, offering to pay him a tribute
for a certain time; they wished to obtain a cessation of their
distress, and wait for reinforcements. The servant deferred his
answer, and drew his machines nearer; the machines that are
the sticks and cords that punish castles for their resistance.
Their strokes prepared the victory. Possession was taken of
the towers; the walls were void of combatants; stone crumbled
away into dust again, as it had been at first. The gates fell
into the hands of the army of the servant. Then the infidels
despaired; the leader of the impiety came out then: this was
Ben or Bezbar-ran; he requested that the city should be taken
by capitulation and not by storm; the abjection of ruin and
distress was imprinted upon his countenance, which before
shone with the glory of royalty; he prostrated himself in the
dust, he before whom nobody had dared to raise their eyes, and
said: There (pointing to the city) are thousands of captive
Mussulmans;—this is the determination of the Franks: if you
take the city by force, if you place the burden of war heavily on
their backs, they will immediately kill their captives; they will
afterwards kill their wives and children; then they will have
nothing to wish for but death; but not one of them will die
without having sacrificed many of your people.’ The officers
were of opinion that the city should be taken by capitulation;
for, said they, if it is taken by storm, there is no doubt but that
the besieged will rush headlong into danger, and will sacrifice
their lives for a thing they have so well defended. In the
sorties they had precedingly made, they had displayed incredible
courage, and their attacks had been terrible.
*******
But God has driven them out of this territory, and has cast
them down; he has favoured the partisans of the truth, and has
shown his anger against the infidels. These had protected this
city by the sword; they had raised buildings at the point of the
sword and with columns of soldiers. These (the infidels) have
placed churches there, and houses of the Diweieh, Deuïourjeh,
&c., and of the Hospitallers. In these houses are precious things
in marble.
“The servant has restored the mosque Alasca to its ancient
destination. He has placed imauns in it, who will there celebrate
the true worship. The khothbeh (or sermon) was made
there on Friday, the 14th of Chaaban. Little was wanting to
make the heavens open with joy, and the stars dance. The word
of God has been exalted; the tombs of the prophets, which the
infidels had stained, have been purified, &c. &c.”
Towards the end of his letter, Saladin says that his troops are
spread all over the province; he boasts of the fertility and richness
of it, and says he is going to complete the conquest of it.
He adds that the fleet has put to sea; and that he is about to
restore the walls of Jerusalem.
————
No. 14.
Khothbeh, or Sermon made at Jerusalem, the first Friday after Saladin had
taken Possession of that City, by Mohammed Ben Zeky.
Mohammed Ben Zeky ascended the mimber, or pulpit,
and commenced the khothbeh, or sermon, by reciting the
surate Falchah (the first of the Koran) from the beginning to
the end. Then he said: “May the crew of the unjust perish!
Praises be to God, the master of worlds!” Then he read, 1st,
the commencement of the surate Alin’am: “Praise to God who
has created the Heavens;” 2nd, a verse of the surate Soubhana:
“Praise to God who has no son;” 3rd, three verses of the surate
Alkehef: “Praises to God who has sent the book to his servant.”
Then he read, 1st, the verse: “Praise to God, and salvation to
his servants;” 2nd, a verse of the surate Seba: “Praises to God
to whom belongs all that is in heaven or earth;” 3rd, several
verses of the surate Falhr: “Praises to God the creator of the
Heavens.” His intention was to bring together all the Temeh-houdah
(praises which are contained in the Koran). After this,
he commenced the khothbeh in these terms:—
“Praise to God, who has raised Islamism into glory by his
aid; who has abased polytheism by his power; who rules worldly
things by his will; who prolongs his blessings according to the
measure of our gratitude; who defeats infidels by his stratagems;
who gives power to dynasties, according to his justice; who has
reserved future life for those who fear him, by an effort of his
goodness; who extends his shadow over his servants; who has
caused his religion to triumph over all others; who gains the
victory over his servants without any one being able to oppose
him; who triumphs in his caliph, without any one being able to
resist him; who orders what he wills, without any being able to
make objections to it; who judges according to his will, without
any one being able to avert the execution of his decrees. I
praise this God for having by his assistance rendered his elect
victorious; for the glory he has given them; for the aid he has
granted to his defenders; I praise him for having purified the
house filled with pollution, from the impieties of polytheism.
I praise him inwardly and outwardly. I give testimony that
there is no other God but this God; that he is the only one, and
has no associate; the only one, the eternal one, who begets not,
neither is he begotten, and has no equal. I give testimony that
Mahomet is his servant and his messenger, this prophet who
has removed doubts, confounded polytheism, extinguished
falsehood; who travelled by night from Medina to Jerusalem;
who ascended into the heavens, and reached even the cedar
Almontéhy. May the eternal felicity of God be with him, with
his successor Abou Bekr Alsadic, &c.
“O men! publish the extraordinary blessing by which God has
made easy to you the recapture and deliverance of this city
which we had lost, and has made it again the centre of Islamism,
after having been during nearly a hundred years in the hands of
the infidels.
*******
This house was built and its foundations laid for the glory of
God and in the fear of Heaven. For this house is the dwelling
of Abraham; the ladder of your prophet (peace be with him!);
the kiblah towards which you prayed at the commencement of
Islamism, the abode of prophets, the aim of saints, the place of
revelation, the habitation of order and defence; it is situated in
the land of the gathering, the arena of the meeting; it is of this
blessed land of which God speaks in his sacred book. It was in
this mosque that Mahomet prayed with the angels who approach
God. It was this city to which God sent his servant, his messenger,
the word which he sent to Mary. The prophet he
honoured with a mission did not stray from the rank of his servant.
For God said, the Messiah will not deny that he is the
servant of God; God has no son, and has no other God with him.
Certes, they have been in impiety, they who have said that the
Messiah, the son of Mary, was God.
“This house is the first of the two kiblah, the second of the
mosques, the third of the héramëin; it is not towards it that the
people come in crowds after the two mesdjed; it is towards it
that the fingers are pointed after the two places. [I suppose
Mecca and Medina.] If you were not of the number of the servants
whom God has chosen, certes he would not have favoured
you particularly by this advantage which has been granted to no
other brave men, the honour of which no one can dispute with
you; how fortunate you are in being the soldiers of an army
which has made manifest the miracles of the prophet, which has
made the expeditions of Abou Bekr, the conquests of Omar,
&c. God has rewarded you by the best of rewards in that
which you have done for his prophet. He has been grateful for
the courage you have shown in punishing rebels; the blood
which you have shed for him has been acceptable to him; it has
introduced you into the Paradise which is the abode of the blessed;
acknowledge, then, the value of this blessing, offer up to him
necessary thanksgivings; for God has shown for you a marked
beneficence in granting you this blessing, in selecting you for
this expedition. For the gates of Heaven have been opened for
this conquest; its splendour has cast a light which has penetrated
even to the deepest darkness; the angels who approach the
Divine Majesty have rejoiced at it; the eye of the prophets and
the messengers has beheld it with joy. Since, by the favour of
God, you are the army which will conquer Jerusalem at the end
of time, the troop which will raise the standards of the faith after
the destruction of the prophecy.
*******
This house, is it not that of which God spoke in his book? for he
says, Be he praised who made his servant travel by night,’ &c.;
is this not the house which the nations have revered; towards
which the prophets came, in which the four books sent from God
have been read? Is this not the house for which God stopped
the sun, under Joshua, and retarded the march of day, in order
that his conquest should be easy, and should be accelerated? Is
this not the house which God committed to Moses, and which he
commanded his people to save; but, with the exception of two
men, these people would not; God was angry against these
people, and cast them into the desert, to punish them for their
rebellion.
“I praise the God who has conducted you to the place from
which he banished the children of Israel; and yet these were
distinguished above other nations. God has seconded you in an
enterprise in which he had abandoned other nations that had
preceded you; which has caused there to be but one opinion
amongst you, whilst formerly opinions differed; rejoice that God
has named you among those who are near him, and has made of
you his own army, after you became his soldiers by your own
free will. The angels (who were sent towards this house) have
thanked you for having brought hither the doctrine of the unity.
*******
Now the powers of the heavens
pray for you, and pour benedictions upon you. Preserve
this gift in you, by the fear of God. Whoever possesses it is
saved. Beware of the passions, of disobedience, of falling back,
of flying from an enemy. Are you eager to take advantage of
the opportunity to destroy what anguish remains? Fight for
God as you ought; sacrifice yourselves to please him, you his
servants, since you are of the number of the elect. Beware
that the devil do not come down among you again, and that
irreligion introduce not itself into your hearts. Did you figure
to yourselves that your swords of steel, your chosen horses, your
untiring perseverance, have gained you this victory? No, it was
God; it was from him alone that your success came. Beware,
servants of God after having obtained this victory, of becoming
disobedient and rebellious; for then you will be like her who
cut to pieces that which she had spun, or like him to whom we
have sent our verses, and who has rejected them; the devil has
laid hold of him, and he has wandered from the faith. The holy
war! the holy war! that is the best of your worships, the most
noble of your customs; help God, and he will help you; hold to
God, and he will hold to you; remember him, and he will remember
you; do good towards him, and he will do good towards
you; endeavour to cut off every diseased member, to destroy
even to the last enemy; purify the rest of the earth of those
nations with whom God and his messenger are angry. Lop off
the branches of impiety, and fear, for already the days have
grown. Vengeance of Mussulman attacks, of the Mahometan
nation. God is great: he gives conquests, he degrades impiety;
learn that this is a great opportunity—seize it; it is a prey, cast
yourselves upon it; it is a booty, get possession of it. It is an
important business, apply your whole means to it, give yourselves
up to it entirely; put the battalions of your tribes on the
march for it. For this business draws towards its end, and the
treasuries are filled with wealth. God has already given you
the victory over these vile enemies. These enemies were equal
to you, or perhaps more numerous than you; but however that
might be, he has manifested that one of you is worth twenty
other men. God will aid you as you cause his orders to be
obeyed, and abstain from that which he has prohibited. He will
strengthen all us Mussulmans by a victory; if God helps you,
you have no other conqueror to fear; but if he withdraw his
help from you, who will be he that shall help you after him?”
Then the preacher prayed for the Imaun Alnassir, the caliph,
and said: “O God! eternalize the sultan, thy servant, who
humbles himself before thy majesty, who is grateful for thy
blessings, who cherishes the remembrance of thy favour. Preserve
thy keen sword, thy brilliant star, who protects and defends
thy religion, who defends the harem! the seid, the triumphant
prince, the reuniter of the word, of the faith (that is
to say, who has so acted that the Mussulman princes, with one
accord, with one unanimous feeling, marched against the infidels);
the exterminator of the cross, the good of the state and
of religion (salah eddounia wa eddyn). The sultan of the Mussulmans,
the purifier of the sacred house, Aboul Modhaffer Yous-ben-Ayoub,
the verifier of the power of the emir of the believers;
O God! grant that thy angels may surround his throne; make
good the reward due to that which he has done for the religion
of Abraham; reward his actions for the sake of the Mussulman
religion. O God! prolong for Islamism,” &c.
————
No. 15.
Bull of Gregory VIII., A.D. 1187.
Gregory, bishop, servant of the servants of God; to all those
of the worshippers of Our Lord Jesus Christ to whom these
letters shall come, health and the apostolic benediction.
Having learnt the terrible severity of the judgments which the
divine hand has exercised over Jerusalem and the Holy Land,
we have been, we and our brethren, penetrated with such horror,
afflicted with such lively grief, that, in the painful uncertainty
of what it would be best for us to do on this occasion, we have
only been able to partake the sorrows of the psalmist, and to exclaim
with him, “Lord, the nations have invaded thy heritage,
they have profaned thy holy temple; Jerusalem is no more than
a desert, and the bodies of the saints have served as pasture to
the beasts of the earth, and to the birds of the heavens.” For in
consequence of the intestine dissensions which the wickedness of
men, by the suggestion of the demon, had given birth to in the
Holy Land, behold Saladin, without any warning, at the head of
a formidable army, comes pouring down upon the city. The
king and the bishops, the Templars and the Hospitallers, the
barons and the people, hasten to the rescue, bearing with them
the cross of the Lord, that cross which, in memory of the passion
of Christ, who was nailed to it, and which thus purchased
the redemption of the human race, was regarded as the most
secure rampart to be opposed to the attacks of the infidels. The
conflict begins; our brethren are conquered, the holy cross falls
into the hands of the enemies; the king is made prisoner, the
bishops are massacred, and such of the Christians as escape
death, cannot avoid slavery. Flight saves a few, and very few;
and these tell us that they saw the whole of the Templars and
Hospitallers perish before their eyes. We think it useless,
beloved brethren, to inform you how, after the destruction of the
army, the enemies spread themselves over the whole kingdom,
and rendered themselves masters of most of the cities, with the
exception of a small number, which still resist. It is here we are
compelled to say with the prophet, “Who will change my eyes
into a fountain of tears, that I may weep night and day the
massacre of my people!” Nevertheless, far from allowing ourselves
to be cast down, or to be divided, we ought to be persuaded
that these reverses are only to be attributed to the anger
of God, against the multitude of our sins; that the most efficacious
manner of obtaining the remission of them is by tears and
groans, and that at last, appeased by our repentance, the mercy of
the Lord will raise us up again, more glorious for the abasement
into which he has plunged us. Who could, I say, withhold his
tears in so great a disaster, not only according to the principles
of our divine religion, which teaches us to weep with the afflicted,
but further, from simple motives of humanity, when considering
the greatness of the peril, the ferocity of the barbarians, thirsting
for the blood of Christians, their endeavours to profane holy
things, and to annihilate the name of the true God, in a land in
which he was born; pictures which the imagination of the reader
will represent to him better than we can paint them. No; the
tongue cannot express, the senses cannot comprehend what our
affliction has been, what that of the Christian people must be, at
learning that this land is now suffering as it suffered under its
ancient inhabitants; this land illustrated by so many prophets,
from which issued the lights of the world; and, what is still
greater and more ineffable, where was incarnate God the creator
of all things; where, by an infinite wisdom, and an incomprehensible
mercy, he consented to subject himself to the infirmities of
the flesh, to suffer hunger, thirst, the punishment of the cross,
and by his death and glorious resurrection, effected our salvation.
We ought not then to attribute our disasters to the injustice
of the judge who chastises, but rather to the iniquity of the
people who have sinned; since we see in Scripture that, when
the Jews returned to the Lord, he put their enemies to flight,
and that one of his angels was sufficient to annihilate the formidable
army of Sennacherib. But this land has devoured its inhabitants;
it has not been able to enjoy a long tranquillity, and
the transgressors of our divine law have not preserved it long;
all thus giving this example and this instruction to such as sigh
after the heavenly Jerusalem, that it is only by the practice of
good works, and amidst numerous temptations, that they can
attain it. The people of these countries had beforehand reason
to fear that which has now happened to them, when the infidels
got possession of a part of the frontier cities. Would to God
that they had then had recourse to penitence, and that they had
appeased, by a sincere repentance, the God they had offended!
for the vengeance of that God is always only delayed. He does
not surprise the sinner; he gives him time for repentance, until
at length his exhausted mercy gives place to his justice. But we
who, amidst the dissolution spread over this country, ought to
give our attention, not only to the iniquities of its inhabitants,
out to our own, and to those of all Christian people, and who
ought, still further, to dread the loss of those of the faithful that
still remain in Judæa, and the ravages with which the neighbouring
countries are threatened, amidst dissensions which prevail
between Christian kings and princes, and between villages
and cities; we who see nothing on all sides but scandals and
disorders, we ought to weep with the prophet, and repeat with
him, “Truth and the knowledge of God are not upon earth; I
see nothing reign in their place but falsehood, homicide, adultery,
and thirst for blood.” It is everywhere urgent to act, to efface
our sins by voluntary penance, and, by the help of true piety,
to return to the Lord our God, in order that, corrected of our
vices, and seeing the malice and ferocity of the enemy, we may
do for the support of the cause of the Lord, as much as the
infidel does not fear to attempt to do every day against him.
Think, my beloved brethren, for what purpose you came into
this world, and how you ought to leave it; reflect that you will
thus pass through all that concerns you. Employ, then, the time
you have to dispose of in good actions, and in performing
penance; give that which belongs to you, because you did not
make yourself, because you have nothing which is yours alone,
and because the faculty of creating a hand-worm is above all the
powers of the earth. We will not say, reject us, Lord, but permit
us to enter into the celestial granary that you possess; place
us amidst those divine fruits, which dread neither the injuries of
time nor the attempts of thieves. We will labour to reconquer
that land upon which the truth descended from heaven, and
where it did not refuse to endure the opprobrium of the cross for
our salvation. We will not hold in view either a love of riches
or a perishable glory, but your holy will, O my God! you who
have taught us to love our brothers as ourselves, and to consecrate
to you those riches, the disposal of which, with us, is so
often independent of thy will. It is not more astonishing to see
this land struck by the hand of God, than it is to see it afterwards
delivered by his mercy. The will of the Lord alone can save
it; but it is not permitted to ask him why he has acted thus. Perhaps
it has been his will to prove us, and to teach us that he
who, when the time of repentance is come, embraces it with joy,
and sacrifices himself for his brothers, although he may die
young, his life comprises a great number of years. Behold with
what zeal the Maccabees were inflamed for their holy law, and
the deliverance of their brethren, when they precipitated themselves,
without hesitation, amidst the greatest perils, sacrificing
their wealth and their lives, and exhorting each other, mutually,
by such speeches as these: “Let us prepare ourselves, let us
show ourselves courageous, because it is better to perish in fight
than to behold the evils of our nation, and the profanation of
holy things.” And they only lived under the law of Moses,
whilst you have been enlightened by the incarnation of our Lord
Jesus Christ, and by the example of so many martyrs. Show
courage, then; do not fear to sacrifice these terrestrial possessions
which can last but so short a time, and in exchange for
which we are promised eternal ones, above the conception of the
senses, and which, in the opinion of the apostle, are worthy of
all the sacrifices we can make to obtain them.
We promise, then, to all those who, with a contrite heart and
an humble mind, will not fear to undertake this painful voyage,
and who will be determined so to do by motives of a sincere
faith, and with the view of obtaining the remission of their sins,
a plenary indulgence for their faults, and the life everlasting
which will follow.
Whether they perish there, or whether they return, let them
know that, by the mercy of the all-powerful God, and by the
authority of the holy apostles Peter and Paul, and by our own,
they are liberated from all other penance that may have been
imposed upon them, provided always that they may have made
an entire confession of their sins.
The property of the Crusaders and their families will remain
under the special protection of the archbishops, bishops, and
other prelates of the Church of God.
No examination shall be made as to the validity of the rights
of possession of a Crusader, with regard to any property whatever,
until his return or his decease be certain; and till that
time his property shall be protected and respected.
He cannot be compelled to pay interest, if he owe any to
anybody.
The Crusaders are not to march clothed in sumptuous habits,
with dogs, birds, or other such objects, which only display luxury
and ostentation; but they are to have what is necessary, are to
be clothed simply, and are rather to resemble men who are
performing a penance, than such as are in search of a vain glory.
Given at Ferrara, the 4th of the calends of November.
[Then follows the ordinance for a general fast, to appease the
anger of God, in order that he may enable them to recover
Jerusalem.]
The anger of the Supreme Judge being never so effectively
appeased as when we seek to subdue our carnal desires,—
Consequently, as we make no doubt that the misfortunes
which have recently fallen upon Jerusalem and the Holy Land
from the invasion of the Saracens, have been produced by the
crimes of the inhabitants and those of the Christian people; we,
with the unanimous advice of our brethren, and the approbation
of a great number of bishops, order that, from this day, for five
years, the fast of Lent shall be observed every Friday, during
the whole day.
We further order, that in all places where divine service is
celebrated, it shall be at nine o’clock, and that from the Advent
of the Lord to his Nativity.
Every one, without distinction, abstaining from eating flesh
on the Friday and Saturday of each week, we and our brethren
further interdict the use of it on Tuesdays among ourselves,
unless personal infirmities, a festival, or some other good cause
excuse us; hoping by this means that the Lord will be appeased,
and will leave us his benediction.
Such are our regulations on this subject, and whoever shall
infringe them shall be considered as a transgressor of the fast of
Lent.
Given at Ferrara, the 4th of the calends of November.
————
No. 16.
The Council of Paris, held in 1188, under the Pontificate of Pope Clement
III. The Tenths, called Saladin Tenths, were then decreed, to provide
for the Expenses of the War against Saladin, King of the Turks.
In the month of March of the year of grace 1188, towards
Mid-Lent, a general council, to which were summoned the archbishops,
bishops, abbots, and barons of the kingdom, was convoked
at Paris by King Philip. An infinite number of soldiers
and people there took the cross. It was resolved, with the consent
of the clergy and the people, that, considering the urgent
wants then experienced (the king having nothing more at heart
than the undertaking of the voyage to Jerusalem), a general
tenth, from which no one should be exempt, which was named
the Saladin tenth,[135] should be pre-levied for that year only.
Establishment of the Tenth.—In the name of the holy and
indivisible Trinity, greeting. It is ordered by us, Philip, king
of France, with the advice of the archbishops, bishops, and
barons of our dominions, that the bishops, prelates, and clerks
of the churches convoked, and the soldiers who have taken the
cross, shall not be troubled for the repayment of the debts they
may have before contracted, with Jews or Christians, until two
years have revolved, reckoning from the first festival of All Saints
which shall follow the decree of our said lord the king: so that
at the following All Saints the creditors shall receive a third of
that which is due to them, and thus, from year to year, at the
same period, until the entire acquittal of the debt. The interests
for anterior debts shall run no longer, dating from the day on
which the debtor shall have taken the cross. The Crusader who
is a legitimate heir, son or son-in-law of a soldier not a Crusader,
or of a widow, shall procure for his father or his mother the
advantage granted by the present decree, provided he be not in
the enjoyment of other revenues than that arising from the
labour of his father and mother; but if their son or son-in-law
was not at their charge, or even if he did not bear arms and the
cross, they shall not enjoy the said advantage; but the debtors
who shall have lands and revenues, within the fortnight which
follows the approaching festival of John the Baptist, shall point
out to his creditors the lands and revenues upon which they shall
be able to recover their debts, on the terms above expressed, and
according to the form prescribed, by means of the lords in the
jurisdiction of whom these lands shall be. The lords shall have
no power to oppose this consignment, short of satisfying the
creditor themselves. Those who shall not have lands or revenues
enough to form such a consignment, shall furnish their
creditors guarantees and securities for the acquittal of their
debts at the term fixed; if within the fortnight after the festival
of St. John the Baptist, they have not satisfied their creditors
by a consignment of lands, or by guarantees and securities, if
they have no property, as it has been ordered, they shall not
enjoy the privilege granted to others. If a clerk or a crusade
soldier be the debtor of a clerk or of a crusade soldier, he shall
not be troubled before the next All Saints, provided he can
furnish him with a good guarantee for payment at that time.
If one of the Crusaders, eight days before the Purification of
the Virgin, or later, consign, in favour of his creditor, some
money, some work, or some bill, the creditor cannot be forced
on that account to consider him liberated. The bargain by which
a man has bought of another Crusader the annual produce of an
estate is good and valid. If a soldier or a clerk has engaged or
consigned his lands or his revenue for some years to another
Crusader, or to a clerk or a soldier not crossed, the debtor, for
that year, shall collect the produce of the lands or the revenues;
but the creditor, after the expiration of the years during which
he has enjoyed the consignment or the guarantee, shall continue
to enjoy it a year longer, to compensate for the loss of the first
year; so that, however, the creditor shall have for that first year
half of the revenue for the cultivation, if he has cultivated the
vines and the lands which were consigned to him as security.
All bargains which shall have been made eight days before the
Purification of the Virgin, or which shall be made after, shall
be authentic. It will be necessary for all the debts coming
within the favour of the present decree, that the debtor shall
give a guarantee as good, or even better than that which he had
given before. If the parties are not agreed upon the goodness
of the guarantee, it shall be referred to the lord of the creditor;
if he do not answer to this demand, the affair shall be taken
before the suzerain. If the lords or princes under whose direction
the creditors or the debtors may be, refuse to give their
hand to the execution of that which is ordered by the present
decree, on account of the privileges given to the debtor, or of
the consignments to be made, and if, warned by the metropolitan
or the bishop, they have not done it within forty days, they will
be liable to excommunication; but if the lord or the suzerain
make it his duty to show, in presence of the metropolitan or
the bishop, that he has not failed in this formality towards the
creditor, or even the debtor, and that he is ready to execute what
is ordered, the metropolitan or the bishop cannot excommunicate
him. No Crusader, whether clerk, soldier, or other, shall be
held responsible but for debts already demanded legally at the
time at which they shall have taken the cross; he shall not be
passible to others before his return from the Holy Land. They
who are not Crusaders shall pay, at least this year, the tenth of
all their property and revenues, except the monks of the order
of Citeaux, of the Chartreux, of Fontevraud, and the lazar-houses,
with regard to the property which belongs to them.
Nobody shall meddle with the property of the communes, unless
it be the lord of whom they hold. For the rest, every one shall
retain the rights he had before in the commune. The grand
justiciary of an estate shall always levy the tenths of it. Let it
be observed, that they who are subject to pay the tenth, shall
pay it upon all their goods and revenues, without beforehand
subtracting their debts. It is not till after they have paid the
tenth that they may pay their creditors from the remainder of
their property; all laymen, as well soldiers as those that are
subject to the taille (poll-tax, or something like land-tax), upon
taking the oath, under pain of anathema, and clerks under pain
of excommunication, shall pay the tenth. The soldier who is
not crossed shall pay to his lord who is crossed, and of whom he
holds, the tenth of his own property and of the fief which he
holds of him. If he holds no fief of him, he will pay him the
tenth of his own property, and will pay the tenth to those of
whom he holds directly. If he holds of no lord, he will pay the
tenth of his own property to him upon whose fief he lives. If a
man possessing an estate in proper, finds upon his estate tenths
belonging to another than to him to whom he owes them, and if
the proprietor can prove that they legitimately belong to him,
the former cannot retain these tenths. The crossed soldier, a
legitimate heir or son-in-law of a non-crossed soldier, or of a
widow, will receive the tenth of his father or mother. Nobody
shall lay hands on the property of archbishops, bishops, chapters,
or churches that depend upon them, but the archbishops,
bishops, chapters, or churches themselves. If the bishops collect
the tenths, they shall remit them to those who are appointed to
receive them. The Crusader subject to the taille, or to the
tenth, and who shall refuse to pay them, shall be arrested, and
placed at the disposal of him to whom he is indebted. He who
has arrested him cannot be excommunicated for doing so. He
who shall pay his tenth with readiness, according to the law and
without constraint, shall be recompensed by God.
————
No. 17.
Note upon the Greek Fire, taken from the Manuscript Life of Saladin,
by Renaudot.
It is certain that the artificial fire called Greek fire, sea fire,
or liquid fire, the composition of which is found in the Greek
and Latin historians, was very different from that which the
Orientals began at this time to make use of, and the effect of
which was the more surprising, from the cause of it being entirely
unknown; for whereas the first was prepared of wax,
pitch, sulphur, and other combustible materials, there was nothing
in this but naphtha or petrol, of which there were springs near
Bagdad, like those of which the ancients speak, near Ecbatana
and on the frontiers of Media. All naturalists agree that this
bituminous matter takes fire very easily, and that it is impossible
to extinguish it with anything but sand, vinegar, and urine. An
experiment was made with it before Alexander, by lighting a
great quantity of it by trains, which burnt for a long time
without being able to be extinguished; a buffoon, even, having
been rubbed with it, the fire injured him so seriously that there
was great difficulty in saving his life. And yet, notwithstanding
the ancients were acquainted with it, it is not known that they
frequently employed it in war, nor that it entered into the composition
of the true Greek fire, invented, according to common
opinion, by Callinichus, under Constantine Pogonatus, but which
is, notwithstanding, more ancient by many centuries. Thus it
is very probable that the Orientals, not having made any use of
it before this siege, Ebn-el-Mejas employed it successfully as a
new invention; and that the Christians, on account of the resemblance,
called it the Greek fire, from the idea they conceived
that it might be the same as that with which the whole Levant
was acquainted. This fire having been in use for the defence of
besieged places, was called oleum incendiarium, oleum medicum;
and it was employed in the time of Valentinian, under whom
Vegetius, a military author, who gives the composition of it,
wrote his work. Æneas, an ancient author quoted by Polybius,
also speaks of it in his Treatise upon the Defence of Cities, and
Callinichus added nothing new to it, except the machines, or
copper pipes, by means of which they employed it for the first
time at sea, and burnt the Arabian fleet near Cyzicus. The
Greeks continued afterwards to use these machines, with which
they armed their fire-ships, and never communicated the knowledge
of it to any other nation; any more than did the Mahometans
their naphtha fire, when they had once learned the
practice. Thus the names became confounded by the ignorance
of the two nations; the Greeks calling, with much reason, the
artificial fire of the Mussulmans, Media fire, and the Latins
comprising both under the name of Greek fire; as the Orientals
afterwards called gunpowder naphtha, from the relation they
found between it and that fire which it made them abandon.
————
No. 18.
Memoir upon the Forest of Saron, or the Enchanted Forest of Tasso.
Most of the places in Palestine, in which battles were fought
between the Franks and the Saracens, were, towards the end of
the eighteenth century, the theatre of many conflicts between
the French and the Mussulmans. The French, in 1799, put the
Syrians to flight in the neighbourhood of Arsur, on the same
spot where Richard gained a great victory over Saladin. We
feel pleasure in presenting to our readers the very interesting
Memoir of M. Paultre, who made the campaign in Syria, and
who identified the forest of Saron, or the enchanted forest of
Tasso.
“The 24 Ventose, an 7 (14th of March, 1799), our army,
leaving Jaffa to march upon St. Jean d’Acre, after an hour and
a half’s progress, arrived on the edge of a torrent, which flowed
from Lidda, and fell into the sea at a short distance on our left;
the crossing of this torrent presented many difficulties to our
artillery.
“Before us was a plain of about a league in width, but which,
on our left, extended to the sea, where it was inclosed by dunes,
or small sand-hills, covered with verdure; whilst on our right, it
extended for two or three leagues, and was lost in the declivities
of the mountains of Gofna and Naplouse, called by the Hebrews,
Mount Garizim. The torrent we had just passed was the ancient
boundary between the tribes of Dan and Benjamin with that of
Ephraim, on the territory of which we were about to march.
“The plain appeared to be closed before us by a wooded
ascent, extending from the principal chain which ran along the
plains of Palestine, on our left, quite to the seashore; our route
was through these woods, and it would have been dangerous to
approach them without having reconnoitred them; the more so
from our knowing the Syrian army to be at a small distance
from us, and it might be expected they had thrown some parties
into them, to oppose our passage, and take the advantage which
difficult and covered places might offer them. This forest,
placed upon a very elevated hill, presented to us a picturesque
aspect, which pleasingly recalled the sites of our beautiful wooded
countries of France.
“The French general availed himself of the moment which
the passage of the torrent retarded the march of the army, to
have the different issues of this forest reconnoitred by our vanguard,
and to assure himself that the roads were practicable.
At nine o’clock in the morning, the general who commanded the
cavalry informed him that the route was free, that there was
no party of the enemy in the woods, and that the army might
advance with safety. According to this advice, the march was
resumed, and after proceeding for an hour over a level plain, we
began to enter the wood, and ascend a hill, where the road
became very difficult for our pieces and our carriages. The
route we followed appeared to be very little frequented, although
our guides assured us it was the high road to Jaffa, St. Jean
d’Acre, and Damascus. Sands, rocks, bushes, ravines, and steep
hills, rendered our march very painful; it might have been said
that routes had never been traced in these cantons; and I cannot
better compare that which we followed than to the cross-roads
of our least-frequented forests in France. Branches of trees,
whole trunks, fallen from age or accident, with enormous rocks,
at every step barred the way, and our sappers had infinite trouble
to clear a passage for our carriages and loaded camels. If the
enemy had known how to take advantage of the circumstance,
and had augmented our difficulties by some redoubts or barricades
of trees, it would have been impossible for us to have forced the
passage; some parties of infantry, or only some armed peasants,
would have been able to do us much injury, and entirely have
stopped the march of our army, in places already nearly impassable
by their nature. But happily, we had to do with enemies
who had no suspicion of even the first elements of military
tactics; for, whilst our columns traversed with so much difficulty
these woody and rocky mountains, where it would have been so
easy to stop us, and fight us with advantage, they awaited us
peaceably, four leagues further on, in a clear plain, where our
artillery and our manœuvres gave us every advantage over them;
as they had good reason to know on the morrow. After a painful
march of two leagues, across the forest, the army halted on
issuing from the wood, and took up a position on the northern
side of the hill, near the village of Meski, where our headquarters
were established. A torrent flowed at a small distance
in front of our position; and our light troops, who had already
passed it, informed us that they could perceive, in a vast plain
which extended from the side of St. Jean d’Acre, parties of
Syrian and Mameluke cavalry, which indicated the neighbourhood
of the enemy’s army. Dispositions were then taken to keep
us in readiness, in case they should march to attack us; but the
evening and the night passed without a blow being struck; and,
on the morrow, after having crossed the torrent without opposition,
we presented ourselves before them in battle-array in the
plain of Quoquoun, at the foot of the mountains of Naplouse,
and, after a slight affair, we drove them back to the plain
of Esdrelon, whence they effected their retreat upon St. Jean
d’Acre.
“Description of the Forest of Saron.—The woods we had
just crossed are known in the country under the name of the
Forest of Saron; they extend over a vast hill, which is one of
the western counterforts of the chain which separates the valley
of the Jordan from the plains of Palestine, and which is itself a
prolongation of Mount Libanus. This hill, designated by the
Hebrews, Mount Saron, is detached from the principal chain
below the city of Naplouse, and extends to the sea, where it terminates
by low rocks and hills, between Jaffa and Arsouf, the
ancient Apollonius; it may be of eight or nine leagues in
length, from Mount Garizim, where it quits the principal chain,
to the seashore; its mean width is between two and three
leagues, and its height is progressive, from Naplouse to the
shore of the Mediterranean, where it terminates in rocks and
hills of a moderate height. It is bordered on the north by the
torrent of Arsouf (Naher-el-Hadder), which has its source below
Naplouse, in Mount Garizim; passes near the ruins of ancient
Antipatris, and falls into the sea near Arsouf, after a course of
seven or eight leagues. To the south, it is parallel with the
torrent of Lidda, the ancient Disopolis, which rises in Mount
Acrabatene, off Jericho, near Gofna and Gazer, passes Lidda,
and falls into the sea at about a league north of Jaffa, after a
course of from eight to ten leagues. These two torrents flow
parallel with each other, and make almost the same turns, being
directed by the declivity of the same hill. The mean distance
between their beds is from five to six leagues, which was the
width of the land of the ancient tribe of Ephraim, upon the
centre of which extended Mount Saron, whose base, two or
three leagues wide, terminates at these torrents, by two little
lateral plains, of a league in width, or thereabouts.
“The forest covers the side of the hill, from the principal
chain to within three-quarters of a league of the seashore;
which gives it a length of from seven to ten leagues, and from
two to three in width. The chain of Mounts Acrabatene and
Garizim appeared to me barren, or covered only with brushwood.
The declivities of Mount Saron are more steep and
broken on the north than on the south side; its base is a limestone
rock, which, in many places of the forest, rises above the
surface in great blocks, heaped one upon another. In general,
I cannot better compare the sites of this part of Palestine, than
to those of the environs of Fontainebleau. The forest of Saron
is composed solely of oaks, of the species designated by the
ancients, Quercus cerrus; its leaves are more smooth and less
indented than those of our common oaks. The capsule of the
acorns is of very large dimensions; I have seen many of from
ten to twelve lines in diameter, at their opening, and which had
contained acorns of that size; the scales or shells which cover
this capsule were not rounded and placed one upon another, as
with that of the oaks of Burgundy, but were terminated in
points, and bent outwards in a volute form, or like little hooked
points, which has obtained for this oak the name of Quercus
cunita; the leaves were covered with those tubercles, known in
commerce as gall-nuts. These oaks did not appear to me to be
susceptible of gaining any considerable size; most of them,
although announcing great age, might be embraced by a single
man, and had, at most, a square of from seven to eight inches.
The trunk was knotty and not very straight, and in few cases
was more than from twenty-five to thirty feet high; their top
was rather orbicular than pyramidal, like that of our apple and
chestnut-trees of Europe. Their bark was, however, more
smooth and less furrowed than that of our oaks of the same
age. In general, the growth of these trees was nearly like that
in the gravelly woods of the dry and elevated coasts of Lower
Burgundy, and I believe that the same cause, want of depth of
vegetable earth and moisture, may produce this resemblance,
although under different climates. And yet I suspect the wood
to be very hard, and of good quality; but being knotty, twisted,
and of small size, it can be of very little use for building purposes:
thus, Solomon, to build his temple, was obliged to get his timber
from Libanus, whilst the forest of Saron was at the very gates
of Jerusalem. Our first Crusaders, at the time of the siege of
the holy city, being obliged to bring thither the wood for the
construction of their machines and towers of attack, complained
that this forest could only furnish them with pieces of small
dimension, which rendered their building labours long and difficult.
Perhaps, since that period, there has been no occasion
for having recourse to this forest, which now is only used by the
inhabitants of the neighbourhood, who cut, on its outskirts, the
wood they stand in need of. The government takes no notice of
a property which can be turned to no public profit; considering
the difficulty of transporting squared timber, in a country where
carriages are not used, and where everything is carried upon the
backs of camels; besides, so little wood is used for firing in
hot climates, that this forest cannot have much value for that
purpose even.
“I have now to prove that this forest of Saron was that in
which our first Crusaders, at the siege of Jerusalem in 1099,
went to cut their timber for the construction of the machines
and towers they employed in the attack of the city.
“According to William of Tyre, it was a Syrian who pointed
it out to the duke of Normandy and the count of Flanders.
This historian places it at a distance of seven or eight miles from
Jerusalem, and remarks that the trees of this forest being of
small growth, and not capable of furnishing the strong timber of
which they stood in need, the difficulty of procuring any other
in a country in which woods were very rare, obliged them to
form these machines of pieces fastened together, which required
much time and labour.
“Casu affuit quidam fidelis indigena natione Syrus, qui in
valles quasdam secretiores, sex aut septem ab urbe distantes milliaribus
quosdam de principibus direxit, ubi arbores, etsi non ad
conceptum opus aptas penitùs, tamen ad aliquem modum bonas
invenerunt plures.”
William of Tyre is mistaken in the distances, when stating
this forest to be six or seven miles from Jerusalem, whilst it is
really ten or eleven leagues from it. He places it likewise in a
deep valley, which could only be correct if considered with
reference to the mountains of Gosna and Naplouse, from which
the Crusaders might have descended to cut the wood of which
they stood in need.
“Raoul of Caën, equally a contemporary historian, is more
exact in the placing of this forest, and proves to us in an irrefutable
manner, that it was that of Saron in which the Crusaders
went to cut the timbers for the siege; for he places it at the foot
of the mountains of Naplouse, exactly where it now exists.
“Lucus erat in montibus, et montes ad Hyerusalem remoti ei,
quà modò Neapolis, olim Sebasta, ante Sychar dictus est, propiores,
adhuc ignota nostratibus via, nunc celebris et fermè peregrinatium
unica.”—Rad. Cad. cap. 121.
“In fact, to come from St. Jean d’Acre to Jerusalem, it is
necessary to pass through this forest; and I do not know how
the Crusaders could pass it without observing it, in their march
from Antioch to the holy city. Apparently having followed
the shores of the sea from Cæsarea to Jaffa, and the high hills
that were on their left, prevented their seeing it.
“Le Perè Maimbourg does better; knowing that Palestine is
a country in which woods have at all times been rare, in his
History of the Crusades,’ he doubts the existence of this forest,
which is, to the best of my belief, the only one in these cantons.
“Tasso, whose poetical and rich imagination delighted in
creating so many wonderful things, was not stopped by such
trifling considerations, and in his Jerusalem Delivered, the forest
of Saron has supplied him with one of the finest episodes of his
poem.
“I must here hazard some ideas upon the origin of the
name of the forest, of the city, and of the country of Saron.
M. D’Anville, in his map of Palestine, gives to the part of the
territory of the tribe of Ephraim, comprised between the torrent
of Lidda and that of Apollonias, the name of Saronas, which
he writes as the name of the country; and it is precisely on
this spot that the forest of Saron exists, of which, perhaps,
M. D’Anville had no kind of knowledge. He likewise places
between these two torrents above Lidda, a city called Thamnath
Sara, in a country which he denominates Tamnitica, which now
forms part of the forest where Mount Saron again unites with
the principal chain.
“In the map of the Holy Land, by M. Robert, after the
manuscripts of the Sieurs Sanson, there is a city of Sarona,
situated between Lidda and Antipatris, towards the centre of the
present forest. He makes this city a royal city of the Hebrews.
He places, as M. D’Anville does, the city of Thamnath Sara;
and at a short distance to the north, a city of Ozensara.
“The resemblance of these different names leads me to think
they may be all formed from the primitive Sar, which, in many
languages, signifies oaks, woods, forests as Diodorus points out,
in book v., when saying that the Gauls gave the name of
Saronides to certain philosophers of their country, because they
dwelt in forests of oaks, and taught under the shade of those
trees. We have preserved this sar in the word sarman, the
wood of the vine; in serpe (or sarpe, low Breton), an instrument
to cut wood; surbacane, a perforated stick, to throw small
arrows or other projectiles; sarse, a wooden cask; esserter, or
essarter, to pull up bushes in a place about to be cultivated.
“I leave it to pens more versed than mine in the science of
etymology, to follow this subject in a more learned and certain
manner.
————
No. 19.
Ralph Dicet.
Ralph Dicet was of London, and lived, as it is said, in
the reign of John; he was a man remarkable for his piety and
learning.
He says: “In 1185, the king of England (Henry II.) convoked
the conventual abbots, the counts and barons, near the
Fountain of the Clerks,[136] at London.
“After having heard the patriarch, and the master of the Hospitallers,
the king entreated all who were present to send to
Jerusalem all the assistance in their power. They then deliberated
whether it was proper for the king to go in person to Palestine,
or whether he ought to remain in England, to govern it, as
he had engaged to do, before the assembled church. The king
promised to furnish succours, in men and money, to repress all
violences and iniquities of every kind, and that equity and mercy
should preside over all judgments. It appeared most prudent
for the king to govern his kingdom with suitable moderation,
and to defend it from the irruptions of the barbarians.
“In the same year, the kings of France and England had an
interview at Gisors, where they received the cross from the
hands of the archbishop of Tyre. It was agreed that all the
French Crusaders should wear a red cross, those of England a
white cross, and those of the counts of Flanders a green one.[137]
Ralph says that when the cross was taken in England, a
general tenth upon all property was levied, for the assistance of
Jerusalem. This levy was made with so much violence as to
terrify both the clergy and the people. Under the title of alms,
it was enforced with a spirit of exaction and rapacity.
After this observation, the historian places the letters patent
of Philip, king of France, and Richard, king of England,
which order that the Crusaders should set out from both
countries in the octave of Easter, under pain of excommunication
and interdiction; and forbid any one to do injury to the
Crusaders during their absence. These letters are dated 30th
December.
Ralph Dicet’s work terminates in the year 1199. It is excellent
for dates, and for many passages of it.
————
No. 20.
Ralph of Coggershall.
Ralph of Coggershall, an Englishman by birth, flourished about
the year 1220, in the reign of Henry III., son of John. He
was of the order of Citeaux. His merit and his learning raised
him to the dignity of abbot of the monastery of Coggershall, in
the county of Essex. He is the author of many works.
D. Martenne, when publishing Ralph’s “Chronicon Anglicanum,”
is astonished, and apparently with reason, that the
English, who are so jealous of the glory of their country, have
shown such neglect for the works of this author, whom their
scholars value so highly.
Ralph, like the other chroniclers, is dry and brief, and it is not
before the invasion of Palestine by Saladin that he abandons the
style of the chronicler to assume that of the historian.
After having spoken of the arrival of the kings of France and
England in Sicily, of that which Richard did in the isle of
Cyprus, of the victory which this prince gained over the Saracen
vessels before landing at Acre, of the siege and reduction of that
place, of the divisions which broke out between Philip Augustus
and Richard, of the taking of several maritime cities by Richard,
and of the death of the marquis of Montferrat, Ralph of Coggershall
relates that the duke of Burgundy, left in Palestine by
Philip Augustus, who had returned home, came to join Richard,
in order to fight together against the enemies of Christ; and that
it was resolved to go and besiege Jerusalem. He describes the
victory which Richard gained over a rich caravan which was on
its way to that city. He says, that while this prince was in his
camp, before the castle of Ernald, and the duke of Burgundy,
with his troops, was in the fortress of Betenoble, a spy came to
warn the king that in the night he had heard some men and
camels come down from the mountains, and that he had followed
them. He added, that he had discovered they were sent by
Saladin to the duke of Burgundy, and that the camels, to the
number of five, were loaded with gold, silver, and silken vestments.
The spy had orders from the king to take with him some
of the king’s guards, and lie in ambush for the messengers of
Saladin on their return. All which he did; he surprised them,
took them, and brought them to the king. Richard drew from
one of them by torture the secret intrusted to them. He acknowledged
that the sultan had sent them to the duke. On the following
day Richard sent for the duke, the patriarch, and the
prior of Bethlehem. He had a private conference with them,
and swore, before them, on the Gospel, that he was ready to go
with his army and besiege Jerusalem, or Babylonia, or Berytus,
without the possession of which places the king could not be
crowned. Richard, after having taken this oath, desired the
duke to take his. The duke refused, because the Templars and
the French had assured him he should incur the anger of Philip,
if Richard, by their means, triumphed in Jerusalem. Richard
flew into a great rage, treated the duke as a traitor, and reproached
him with receiving presents from Saladin. The duke
denied all he was accused of. Then Richard sent for the messengers
of Saladin. When they had been introduced, and had
revealed their secret, the king ordered his guards to shoot them
to death with arrows in presence of the whole army; which was
done, without the troops of Richard or of the duke knowing the
cause of this severity, or whence these messengers came, or what
they had done. The duke of Burgundy, much ashamed, immediately
retired with his troops, and took the road to Acre.
Richard, upon hearing of this retreat, instantly sent messengers
to the guards of the city, forbidding them to allow any Frenchman
to enter. The duke encamped without the walls. The king
struck his camp on the following day; and, following the duke,
he also pitched his tents on the outside of the city.
Ralph then gives long details of the battle of Jaffa, which took
place soon after. As this battle is one of those in which the
valour and skill of Richard were displayed with the greatest advantage,
and as the historians we have followed in our account of
the third crusade, have only presented us with inexact details
of this event, we think it but justice to the lion-hearted king to
give an extract from that which Ralph says of it.
Richard had been reposing with his army three days before
Ptolemaïs, when he was informed that Saladin was besieging
Jaffa with all his troops; and that the city would soon be taken,
and the garrison slaughtered, if he did not afford the besieged
prompt assistance. Richard, afflicted with this news, endeavoured
to bring back the duke of Burgundy to sentiments of
concord; but this prince rejected all his advances, and set out
with his troops that same night for Tyre. Shortly after arriving
there, he finished his life miserably in the delirium of a fever;
which Ralph considers as a just chastisement from heaven
Richard embarks with a part of his army, and trusts himself to
the seas; but the vessels were driven towards the isle of
Cyprus, by contrary winds and the fury of the waves, so that
they who remained on land believed that the king had retreated
secretly. This likewise accounts for some authors having said
that Richard went to the isle of Cyprus. The king, and those
who accompanied him, after having struggled against the winds
and waves for three days, at length succeeded, by rowing
obliquely, in anchoring with three vessels in the port of Jaffa.
Saladin, by repeated assaults, had already rendered himself
master of the city, and had put to death all the infirm and the
wounded. The garrison had retired into the castle, and were
already thinking of surrendering by capitulation, when the
patriarch, who went freely from one army to the other, told
them that Saladin’s soldiers had resolved to kill them all, to
avenge their relations and friends, whom Richard had put to
death without pity on several occasions; and that they would
not escape death, if even Saladin should grant them permission
to retire. In spite of this information, the garrison hesitated,
and saw no hope of avoiding the fate which awaited them, when
the vessels of the king appeared in the port. This sight restored
their courage. On his part, Richard, perceiving that the fortress
of the city was not taken, jumped on shore fully armed, followed
by his troops, and like a furious lion, rushes amidst the hosts of
enemies that cover the shore. He advances audaciously, through
the arrows which pour upon him from all sides, cutting down all
in his way. The Turks, unable to stand against such an attack,
and believing that Richard had brought a more numerous army
with him, precipitately abandoned the siege, and not without
experiencing a great loss. They were so terrified, that nothing
could stop them before they had got safely within the walls of
Rœmula. The king, after this encounter, went boldly and
pitched his tents under the walls of the city, in a plain near to
Saint Abacue, for the Crusaders could not remain in the city on
account of the odour arising from the dead killed on both sides,
which had been placed, by mistake, by the side of a number of
carcasses of pigs.
When it was announced to Saladin, on the following day, that
Richard had arrived with only eighty soldiers, and the four hundred
cross-bowmen who formed his guard, he broke into a great
rage with his army, for having fled before so small a number. He
immediately ordered his cavalry to return to Jaffa, and to bring
him, the next day, the king alive and a captive.
That night Richard reposed tranquilly in his camp, suspecting
nothing; when, at daybreak, the infidels surrounded his camp
so completely, that there was no passage by which he could take
refuge in the city. Three thousand Saracens entered Jaffa; and
the Christians, awakened by noise and cries, were struck with
terror at finding themselves enveloped on all sides.
At the sight of such a sudden danger, Richard quickly assumes
his armour, mounts on horseback, and banishing all fear, appears,
on the contrary, more bold in proportion with the number of his
enemies. He animates his men to the fight; he tells them they
ought not to fear death when they have to defend their religion,
and avenge the insults offered to Christ; that it would be more
glorious for them to fall for the law of Christ, and in falling,
courageously to strike down his enemies, than to give themselves
basely up to them, or to seek safety in a flight which was
become impossible. Whilst addressing them thus, Richard
ranged his companions in a close battalion, so that, during the
combat, the enemy might be able to find no open space through
which to break them. He then caused to be planted, at the
foot of every one, tent-poles, which served them for a rampart.
Whilst they were thus employed, as well as the time permitted,
and that, on their side, the infidels, armed and waited, talking
among themselves, one of the chamberlains of the king rushed
from the city, and arrived at the camp, crying out with a
lamentable voice, as it has been reported to us by Hugh de
Nevil, who was in this battle, “Alas! my lord, we shall all
perish; we have no resource left. A numberless multitude of
pagans have got possession of the city, and we have before us
troops as uncountable, who threaten us with death.” The
king, in great anger, commanded him to be silent; and swore he
would strike off his head if he dared to speak such words before
any one of the soldiers. Richard immediately harangued his
troop afresh; he exhorted them not to be terrified by the numbers
of the pagans; he told them he would go into the city to
ascertain what was passing; and, taking with him six determined
warriors and the royal standard, he intrepidly enters Jaffa,
opens himself a road with sword and lance, precipitates himself
upon the enemies, who are assembled in the public places,
attacks them, cuts them down, kills them. The warriors who
accompany him overturn all they meet, and slaughter them
without mercy. The irruption of the king was so sudden and
so violent, that most who fell were ignorant what power it
was that destroyed them. The enemies fled before the king,
who pursued them as flocks fly before a lion inflamed by hunger.
Richard having, by his incomparable valour, cut down or put
to flight the infidels who were in the city, made some of the
soldiers of the garrison, who had retired into the castle, come
and take charge of the gates and walls of the place.
After this incredible victory, the king returned with his six
warriors to the army. Nevertheless, he was much afflicted at
having so few horses; for there were but six and a mule in all
the camp. To animate his soldiers still further, Richard related
to them what the Lord had done in the city, by means of his
arm, and how so small a number had triumphed over such a host
of enemies: “For this reason,” exclaimed he, “let us invoke the
aid of the all-powerful God, in order that he may to-day crush
our enemies. Be sure to resist the first shock, and sustain
courageously the violence of the first blows. Beware of breaking;
for if separated, you will be torn to pieces like sheep, without
strength and without defence. If, on the contrary, you can
sustain the first charge without breaking, you will have nothing
to fear from the courage of your enemies. You will triumph,
with the help of God, over the enemies of Christ. But if I see
any one of you show the least fear, or leave a passage for the
enemy, or turn aside, I swear, by the all-powerful God, I will
myself strike off his head.”
When the king had thus exhorted and animated his men to
the fight, all raised their lances, and, by their prayers, invoked
the assistance of God; but whilst many among them, no doubt,
were reflecting that they had nothing but a cruel death before
them, the sound of trumpets and the noise of clarions announced
the approach of the infidels, who came down upon the Christians
like a torrent, with their lances directed towards them, and
uttering loud and frightful cries. The Turks expected that the
Christians would give way at the first charge; that they would
disperse over the plain; that their ranks would be broken; and
that they would allow themselves to be cut to pieces almost
without resistance. But the Christian battalion remained firm
and motionless, without yielding a foot to either the terror or
the violence of the assault. The Turks wondered at this unheard
of audacity in so small a number, and reining up their horses,
retired backwards some distance, yet not so far but that they
might touch each other with their lances on both sides. Not an
arrow was discharged, not a javelin was thrown; they only
threatened each other with gesture, voice, and countenance.
The Turks remained thus for half an hour, and then returned to
their first position, murmuring and talking to themselves. They
drew back from the Christians nearly half a stadium. Upon
seeing this, the king broke into loud laughter, crying, “Brave
soldiers of Christ! did not I tell you so? Did not I tell you
they would not dare to measure themselves with you, unless we
attacked them first? They have shown us all their courage,
and everything that they thought could inspire us with fear and
terror. They thought to frighten us by their numbers, and that
we should not dare to resist their first charge. They expected
us to submit, like women, to their blows, and fly here and there
over the plain. Cursed be he now who would seek to avoid their
charge, or who would fear to measure himself with them. Sustain
their assaults with courage, as you have just done, until,
with the help of God, we triumph over them.”
Richard had scarcely ceased to speak, when the infidels
advanced afresh, uttering their cries, and sounding their trumpets;
they, however, halted at a short distance from the Christians.
The latter remaining motionless as before, and showing,
if possible, greater intrepidity, the infidels returned a second
time to their position, without venturing to strike a blow. They
repeated this five or six times, from the first hour of the day
to the ninth. Richard, who began to be tired of such long inactivity,
and whose courage increased proportionately with the
intrepidity of those around him, ordered his troop, when the
infidels came down again, to launch some arrows and darts at
them, and let them feel the points of their lances, so as to provoke
them to fight. He commanded his cross-bowmen to march
before the soldiers, and discharge their arrows, bolts, and javelins
at the enemy, which was done; and when the Turks, according
to their custom, advanced uttering hideous cries, and appeared
ready to overwhelm the Christians, the latter attacked them with
their lances, their swords, and all sorts of weapons, overthrowing
them and killing them. The carnage soon produced cries
of agony and disorder in the ranks of the enemy. Some were
run through with lances, others were cast headlong from their
horses; these were wounded in the head, those were pierced by
arrows; and a vast number were slain by darts and javelins.
The intrepid Richard, whose resplendent arms glittered like
fire, and who had till that moment neither given nor received a
wound, now all at once dashed amidst the infidel ranks, with his
sword in one hand, and his lance in the other,[138] striking sparks
from the helmets and armour of all he encountered, right and
left. He rushed among the thickest of the enemy’s battalions,
without seeking to avoid their blows, and without ceasing to
deal mortal ones. At one time he was surrounded by a hundred
Saracens, who attacked him alone. He falls upon them; he
strikes off the head of one at a blow; he divides the shoulders
from the body of another; he cuts off the hand of this one, and
the arm of that one; others he overthrows, and renders incapable
of defence. The rest disperse, and seek to avoid his
blows. Richard inspires such terror that no one dares to wait
for him, no one dares encounter him. The soldiers of Richard
follow their king as they would have followed their standard;
they penetrate the enemy, slaughtering without compunction,
all who either resist or fall in their way. The infidels fall with
lamentable cries; striking the earth with head and feet, and
their lives gush out with their blood. Although they attacked
the Christians with vigour, and hurled a shower of darts, it
pleased God, however, that not one of their blows should be
mortal, and that in this fight not a single Christian should
perish, with the exception of one soldier, who, separating himself
from his comrades, met with the death he wished to avoid
by flight. The soldiers to whom Richard had confided the
guarding of Jaffa, admiring the invincible courage of the king
and his companions, issued in a body from the city, and fell with
vigour upon the Turks. The latter, pursued without any intermission
by Richard and his little army, took to flight, after
losing a great number of their men, and concealed themselves in
holes and caves.[139]
Ralph, of Coggershall, after describing this astonishing
victory, says that Richard being attacked by the plague, determined
to return into Europe. He gives an account, in a few
words, of the treaty made with Saladin. He says that that
which confirmed the king of England in the resolution of leaving
Asia, was the news he received of his brother John’s attempts to
usurp his authority in his kingdom. The battle of Jaffa was
fought in the dog-days, and it was in the autumn that Richard
set sail for Europe. The account which the author gives of the
manner in which the king was made prisoner in Germany, is
sufficiently curious to be repeated here. Ralph is the only one
of the chroniclers we have analyzed who furnishes minute details
on this subject.
King Richard, says he, with some of his people, was annoyed
during six weeks, by a tempestuous sea. When he arrived
within three leagues of Marseilles, and learnt that the Count de
St. Gilles, and some other nobles, through whose states he must
pass, had agreed to place ambushes for him, he resolved to
return to England through Germany. He went back, and
landed at the isle of Corfu. He found there two pirate vessels,
which had had the audacity to attack his, and which his pilot
recognised. Richard, on account of the courage and hardihood
they had shown, made a bargain with the pirates, and agreed to
go on board their vessels. He only took with him a small number
of his people. These were Baldwin de Betune; Master
Philip, the king’s clerk; Anselm, his chaplain, who himself
related to us all he saw and heard; and some knights of the
Temple. They landed on the coast of Sclavonia, at a city named
Gazara. They immediately sent a messenger to the neighbouring
castle, to request of the lord, who was master of the province,
and nephew to the marquis of Montferrat, liberty to pass
through his states. The king, on his return, had purchased
three rubies of a Pisan, for which he gave nine hundred byzants.
He had had one of these rubies set in a gold ring; and he
charged the messenger to offer this ring to the lord of the
castle. The latter inquired the names of those who demanded
the passage. The messenger replied that they were pilgrims
returning from Jerusalem, and he named Baldwin de Betune,
adding that it was a merchant called Hugh, who sent him the
ring. The lord of the castle, after having for a long time
examined the present, replied to the messenger, “His name is not
Hugh, but Richard, king of England. I have sworn,” added he,
“that I will make prisoners of all pilgrims who come into this
country, and that I will not receive any present from them; but
on account of the value of this, and of the dignity of him who
sends it, and who has honoured me thus without knowing me, I
return you the ring, and I grant free liberty of passage.” The
messenger went and reported this answer to the king. The
pilgrims, very little satisfied with the message, left the city
secretly in the night, mounted upon horses they had purchased,
and made the best of their way across the country. But the
lord sent a spy after them, to follow their steps and arrest the
king. When Richard entered a city in which dwelt the brother
of the lord, the latter called to him a trustworthy person, named
Roger d’Argenten, a Norman by birth, who had been with him
twenty years, and to whom he had given his niece in marriage;
and ordered him to go to all the houses in which pilgrims lodged,
and endeavour to discover, by language, or by some other sign,
if the king were not among them. He promised him half the
city if he could arrest the prince. Roger, after a long search,
discovered the king, who for a considerable time dissembled,
and was only induced to reveal himself by the prayers and tears
of Roger. The latter immediately advised Richard to steal
away, and gave him the best horse he could procure. He then
went to his master, and told him that the news of the arrival of
Richard was false, and that it was only Baldwin de Betune and
his companions, who were returning from pilgrimage. But the
master flew into a great rage, and ordered them all to be arrested.
The king had left the city secretly with William de l’Etang, and
a servant who understood the German language. He travelled
three days and three nights without taking any food. At last,
pressed by hunger, he turned from his road, to enter a city
called Ginana, in Austria, on the Danube. To complete his ill
fortune, the duke of Austria was then at Ginana. The king’s
servant, on going to the market, displayed several byzants, and
created suspicions by his discourse; he was arrested and interrogated.
He answered that he served a rich merchant, whom he
expected in three days. He was then released; and he went
instantly to the king, relating to him what had happened, and
advising him to depart without delay. But the king, who was
fatigued, determined to rest for a few days. The servant, after
going to the market to buy provisions, had one day the imprudence
to carry with him the king’s gloves, stuck in his girdle.
These gloves were very remarkable, and the servant was again
arrested. Being taken before a magistrate of the city, he was
put to the torture, and threatened with having his tongue cut
out if he did not at once reveal the truth. The servant yielding
to the agony of the question, made the confession demanded of
him. Information was instantly sent to the duke; the house in
which the king lodged was surrounded, and he was summoned
to surrender. The king declared he would only surrender to the
duke himself. The latter arrived, and the king, making a few
steps to meet him, gave up his sword to him.[140] The duke, highly
elated, led away the king, whom he treated honourably. He
afterwards placed guards about him, who never left him, night
or day, but kept watch, with drawn swords in their hands.
After this recital, Ralph makes many sad reflections upon the
captivity of Richard, which he can only explain as a secret
judgment of God, so astonishing and deplorable does it appear
to him, that a king who had escaped so many dangers in Syria,
should become the prisoner of a Christian prince, without having
an opportunity to defend himself or give battle. He follows the
king through his captivity, and describes his deliverance and
return to his dominions. He gives an account of what happened
to this prince when he had regained his kingdom, and pursues
his history to the time of his death, which was in 1229. Ralph
has drawn such a portrait of Richard as cannot fail to interest
our readers, on account of the prominent part which that king
has played in the history of the crusades.
“We had reason to hope,” says he, “that Richard, considering
the liberality of his excellent mind and his great skill in the
art of war, would be the model of Norman kings. In the early
days of his reign he was affable to everybody; being well disposed
in religious affairs, and inclined to listen to just demands;
he immediately filled up the vacant bishoprics and abbeys. He
promised to render justice to all. He restored to many, for
sums of money, their charters, privileges, and liberties, or else
renewed them. The money he thus obtained served as means
for his voyage to Jerusalem. He quitted his kingdom almost
immediately afterwards, and commenced his expedition with
much devotion, great preparation, and infinite expense. God
protected him throughout, and caused him to escape all the
dangers of this war; and, by his help, the king wrested from the
hands of the infidels a great portion of the Holy Land. God
still evidently watched over him during his return and his captivity,
and preserved him from the hands of new and numerous
enemies. But when Richard was restored to his subjects, he
forgot the victorious hand that had preserved him: in the maturity
of age he took no pains to correct the vices which had
disfigured his youth. He displayed so much harshness and
obstinacy, that he tarnished by excessive severity all the virtues
that had graced the commencement of his reign. He always
turned a threatening eye upon those who talked to him of state
affairs; he made reproaches or censures with a terrible air, and
showed a furious countenance to those who did not satisfy his
demands for money, or perform the promises they had made to
pay him some. In private he was affable and winning, and even
condescended to play or to joke. He was so greedy of money
that he wished to empty every purse. He pressed the English
to such a degree, in order to discharge the amount of his
ransom, that he spared no order and no condition. Nevertheless,
Hubert, archbishop of Canterbury and justiciary of the
kingdom, mitigated, as much as he could, the effects of the cruel
edicts of the king.”
Ralph, in another part of his works, after having praised the
new king of England for having restored to the ecclesiastical
benefices their revenues and their titularies, adds, that Richard
took great delight in the divine service, and particularly in the
solemnities of religion. He says that his chapel was richly
ornamented; that he accompanied, with his sonorous voice, and
encouraged by presents, the singers of the church; but that
from the secrète of the mass to the post-communion, he prayed
in silence, and with an earnestness which nothing could disturb.
He afterwards names two abbeys which he founded or repaired,
both of the order of Citeaux; one was that of Bon-Port, in Normandy,
in the diocese of Rouën; the other, that of the Pine, in
the diocese of Poictiers.
————
No. 21.
The continuator of the history of William of Tyre relates
nothing which is not found in the text, except a little trick
which Saladin attempted to play off upon Richard, at the time
of the battle of Jaffa, and which we think worthy of being presented
to our readers. We quote the chronicle:—
“Saladin asked where the king of England was. They answered
him, Sire, see him yonder on the ground, on foot, with
his men.’ How,’ said Saladin, is the king on foot among his
men; is he not ashamed?’ Then Saladin sent him a horse, and
charged the messenger to say, that such a one as he should not
be on foot among his men in such danger. The sergeant performed
the commands of his lord. He came to the king and
presented to him the horse sent by Saladin. The king thanked
him for it, and ordered one of his own sergeants to mount it and
show its paces before him. After the sergeant had spurred the
horse into a gallop, and wished to return towards his master, he
found he could not; for the horse, in spite of all he could do,
carried him away to the Saracen host. Saladin was much
ashamed of this.”
This chronicle, when speaking of the deliverance of Richard
from his captivity, does not hesitate to say that it was by the
advice of Philip Augustus, that such an enormous ransom was
required, and that the king of France had a good share of it.
Another chronicler, Gauthier Vinisauf, says that Richard gave
eight noble Turkish prisoners in exchange for William de Protelles
(others name him Porcelot), who had saved his master,
when taken by surprise, by throwing himself in the way of the
Saracens, exclaiming, “I am King Richard.”
————
No. 22.
Extract from an anonymous Chronicle contained in the MSS. of the
Sorbonne, No. 454, of the Thirteenth Century.[141]
Then the king Richard turned back, and directed his course
as straight and as well as he was able towards Germany, where
he landed, and, with a small train, wandered about till he came
to Austria (Osterriche), where he was watched by spies, and
known. When he fancied he was discovered, he took the dress
of a servant, and set to work in the kitchen to turn the capons;
but the spy knew him, and went and informed the duke; and
when the duke heard it, he sent so many knights and people
that they were much the stronger, and the king was taken
and sent away to a fortress, and his companions to another; and
the king was sent from castle to castle, so that no one knew
where he was, nor did the soldiers who guarded him know who
he was.
*******
How Richard the King was taken out of Prison by Blondel
the Minstrel.—We have told you how King Richard was put in
prison by the duke of Austria, and that no one knew where he
was except the duke and those he trusted. It happened that the
king had for a long time entertained a minstrel, born near Artois,
whose name was Blondel. This person declared to himself that
he would seek his lord over the whole earth till he had found
him; and set out, and wandered about from day to day, by land
and water, until he had sought for a year and a half without
hearing anything of the king. And it so happened that he
entered into Austria, and chance led him straight to the castle
where the king was confined. And the Aubergiste, near the
castle was a widow woman, and he asked her to whom that
castle belonged, which was so fine, so strong, and well placed.
The hostess replied that “it belonged to the duke of Austria.”
“Pretty hostess,” said Blondel, “is there any prisoner confined in
it?” “Certes,” said she, “there is one, who has been confined
nearly four years, but we do not know who he is; they guard
him very carefully, and we have no doubt he is a gentleman—somebody
of high quality.” When Blondel heard this he
was infinitely delighted, and his heart whispered him that he
had at length found him he sought; but he was careful not to
allow the hostess to know this. That night he slept soundly, for
his mind was at rest; and when the cock announced the day, he
arose and went to the church to pray God to assist him. He
then came to the castle, and addressed himself to the castellan,
telling him he was a minstrel, and played upon the lute, and
that he would willingly remain with him if it were agreeable to
him. The castellan was a young and handsome knight, and said
he would gladly retain him. Then Blondel was delighted, and
went to fetch his lute and his wallet; and he exerted himself so
that he greatly pleased the castellan, and became a favourite
with his household. Here he remained all the winter without
being able to make out who the prisoner was. At length, near
the festival of Easter, as he was one day walking in the garden
which surrounded the tower, examining it in all directions, in
the hope of seeing the prisoner, whilst his thoughts were thus
engaged, the king perceived Blondel, and, wishing to make himself
known to him, called to his mind a song which they had
made together, and which no one knew but the king and Blondel.
So he began to sing the first verse of it in a loud and clear voice,
for he sang very well. And when Blondel heard it, he became
certain it was his lord; and his heart had never experienced
such joy as that day. And he went from the orchard to the
chamber in which he slept, and fetched his lute; then he began
to play, and in his playing expressed his pleasure at having
found his lord. Thus Blondel remained till Pentecost, and performed
his part so well that nobody suspected him. Then
Blondel went to the castellan, and said to him: “Sir, if agreeable
to you, I would willingly return to my own country, for it
is a long time since I left it.” “Blondel, good brother,” said
the castellan, “you will not do so if you will take my advice;
but remain where you are, and I will advance your fortunes.”
“Certes, sir,” said Blondel, “I cannot remain on any account.”
When the castellan found that he could not detain him, he bade
him farewell, and gave him a good new horse. Having left the
castellan, Blondel travelled so quickly that he soon arrived in
England, and informed the barons and the friends of the king
where and how he had found him. When they heard this news
they were much delighted, for the king was the bravest knight
that ever wore spur. They then determined among themselves
that they would send into Austria, to the duke, to procure the
deliverance of the king; and selected two of the most valiant
and prudent knights for the purpose. They travelled so quickly
that they soon reached the duke of Austria, whom they found
in his castle. They saluted him on the part of the barons of
England, and said: “Sire, they pray and beseech you to take
ransom for their lord; they will give you as much as you may
require.” The duke replied that he would consider of it. And
when he had taken advice upon the matter, he said: “If you
wish to recover your lord, you must bring two hundred thousand
marks sterling; if not, say no more about it, for it will be time
and trouble thrown away.” Having received the answer, they
bade farewell to the duke, and said they would report it to the
barons. They then returned to England, and told the barons
what the duke had said; and the barons replied that he should
never be detained for that. Then they got together the ransom,
and sent it to the duke, and the duke delivered the king to
them; but not before he had given him good security that he
would never molest him.
————
No. 23.
Extract from a Journey made into the country of Wales by Baldwin,
Archbishop of Canterbury.
We have spoken, in the seventh book, of the preaching of
Archbishop Baldwin, and of the account written by Gerald the
Welshman (Giraldus Cambrensis), known also under the name
of Barri. We think we shall gratify our readers by giving an
extract from this relation, which will furnish some idea of the
manners of the inhabitants of Wales in the twelfth century.
The preachers went first to Hereford and Radnor. In this latter
city a bishop of the country and a monk of the order of Cluni
took the cross; at the same time was enrolled Rhys, son of
Gruffydh, prince of the southern part of Wales. Their example
was followed by Eineon, son of Eineon Clyd, prince of Ekenia,
and by several other inhabitants. Giraldus relates what had
happened to the lord of Radnor, in the reign of Henry I. This
nobleman entered a church, where, without respect to the sanctity
of the place, he passed the night with his horses and hounds.
Rising early, according to the custom of hunters, he found that
he was struck blind, and was told that all his hounds were dead.
He was conducted back to his castle by the hand, and when he
had for a long time led a sad and an unhappy life, he determined
to go to Jerusalem, in order that the light of the faith might not
be extinguished within him. When arrived in Palestine, he
proceeded to fight with the Saracens, and mounting a fiery
horse, he rushed amidst the enemies’ ranks, and expired with
glory.
In the province of Warthrenion, near Radnor, an adventure
no less miraculous was related among the people. Einon, son-in-law
of Rhys, lord of the country, was one day hunting in the
forests. One of his people struck a hind with an arrow. This
hind, contrary to custom, had horns of twelve years, and as
large as those of the male. This animal was considered as a prodigy
of nature; but the hunter who had killed it instantly lost
his right eye, was struck with paralysis, and remained during
the rest of his life in a languishing state.
The people of this province held in reverence a stick which
had belonged to St. Cyricus; this stick was crooked at both
ends, in the shape of a cross, and was ornamented with gold and
silver. It possessed the special virtue of curing the evil and
humours of the neck. Those who were attacked by this sort of
complaint, touched the stick, after having paid a denier. “It
happened in our time,” says Giraldus, “that a man suffering
from the evil only placed a single obole before the stick, and the
evil was only half cured; upon this the sick man offered a
second obole, and was quite cured. Another man obtained his
cure by promising a denier, but as he did not perform his promise,
his evil returned, and did not entirely disappear until he
had offered three deniers.”
Near Eleiven, in the church of Glascum, was a bell, which
was said to have been that of St. David’s. A woman, to liberate
her husband, who was shut up in a neighbouring castle, carried
thither the bell, which she had secretly taken from St. David’s
church; but the castellans would not deliver the husband, and
retained the bell: the castle was consumed during the night by
a miraculous fire, which spared nothing but the wall against
which the bell was suspended. An almost similar miracle happened
at the little village of Luel. The church, which had been
set fire to, was entirely consumed, with all it contained, with the
exception of the box which contained the host.
In the province of Elevein two great lakes burst their banks,
one of which was constructed by nature, and the other by the
hand of man. The natural dyke changed its place, and the lake
appeared two thousand paces off, in a valley, where it preserved
its fish. Giraldus, when relating this singular circumstance,
adds, “that in Normandy, some time before the death of
Henry II. all the fish in a lake were beheld fighting during a
whole night, and that crowds were drawn together to witness
this strange spectacle. The next morning, not a single fish was
left alive.”
In the country of Haga and Brecknock, in a lake across which
the river Wye passes, before Glastonbury, the water all at once
appeared of a green colour. Old men said this phenomenon
took place at the time when the country was desolated by Noël,
son of Meredith. It happened in the same country, that a little
boy, endeavouring to take a nest of doves, in the church of St.
David, his hand remained fastened to a stone, which was considered
as a miracle wrought by the saint, who wished to preserve
the birds of his church. This boy, followed by his parents
and friends, came and threw himself at the foot of the altar, and
passed three nights fasting and praying: the stone was detached
from his hand, and he was delivered. Giraldus says that he saw
this boy, then become an old man, in the course of his journey,
and that he related this prodigy to him. The stone was preserved
in the church of St. David, and the impression of the
five fingers of the boy was still visible.
A miracle not less incredible happened near St. Edmondsbury.
A poor woman, with the appearance of devotion, approached the
box or tronc of a holy personage, and instead of placing an
offering in it, found means to steal from it every day some portion
of the alms of the faithful. She kissed the tronc in such a
manner, that a piece of money stuck to her tongue, which she
conveyed to her mouth without being observed. One day,
whilst kissing the tronc in her customary manner, her lips
became fixed to it; she spit out the money which she had in her
mouth, but could not release her lips from the box, during a
whole day. A great number of Christians, and even Jews,
came to behold this miracle, and were struck with surprise and
admiration.
Archbishop Baldwin and his train preached the crusade in the
fields where they found the labourers and shepherds. They gave
the cross to a great number of men, who joined them in a state
of perfect nudity; their wives having concealed their clothes to
prevent their enrolling themselves in the crusade.
Whilst crossing the territory of Brecknock, Giraldus heard
that in the church of Heveden, the concubine of the rector of
the church imprudently sat down on the wooden coffin of St.
Orsana, sister of King Ofred. This coffin was more elevated
than the altar. When the concubine wished to rise up, she
could not release her thighs from the wood, to which they were
firmly fixed. The people crowded in, she was overwhelmed with
blows, her clothes were torn off her back, and she was only relieved
by the help of the Divinity, who, at length, was moved to
pity by her tears and prayers.
The psalm-book of Quindreda, sister of St. Kenelmus, likewise
operated great prodigies. On the eve of the festival of St.
Kenelmus, at Winehelcumbe, a crowd of women came from all
the neighbouring places to be present at the festivities given by
the monks. The subcellarius fornicationem incurrit with one of
those in the corridors of the cloister. On the following day, in
the procession, he carried the book of psalms of which we have
spoken; but when he wished to lay it down, the book remained
attached to his hands. He then remembered the sin he had
committed the night before; he confessed, performed penance,
and, seconded by the prayers of his brethren, at length succeeded
in breaking the chains the Divinity had imposed upon
him. This book of psalms possessed admirable and frequently
tried virtues. When the body of Kenelmus was being carried
to the cemetery, and the people, on the way, cried out, “He is
a martyr!” Quindreda, who was suspected of having killed her
brother, answered, “It is as true that he has been assassinated
as it is true that my eyes, drawn from my head, are fastened to
this psalter.” At these words the two eyes of Quindreda fell
from their sockets upon the open book, and left the stains of
blood upon the leaves.
They likewise exhibited, in the same country, a collar or
crown, which they said had belonged to St. Canaucus. A thief
having endeavoured to steal it, was deprived of sight, and spent
his life in darkness.
Giraldus related many other prodigies no less extraordinary.
We repeat some of them in his own words. A soldier named
Gilbert Hagernill, was delivered, per fenestram ejectionis, of a
foal, in the presence of a great number of witnesses. He had
been ill three years before the event. A mare produced an
animal of extraordinary swiftness, which in its fore quarters
resembled a horse, and in its hind quarters a stag.
Near the rivers Avon and Neth Giraldus was told of an adventure
which had happened to a curate named Elidore. This
curate, when twelve years of age, had fled from the paternal
roof. After having remained two days in a cavern, he perceived
two little men, who came towards him, and said: “Will you come
with us? We will take you to a land of delights.” The youth
followed the pigmies along a subterraneous and dark road, and
discovered a beautiful country which was intersected by woods,
meadows, and rivers, but which was not lighted by the sun.
Young Elidore was conducted before the king of this dark country,
who, after admiring him for a long time, gave him to the
prince, his son. The subjects of this prince were of very small
stature; they had light curly hair, which flowed over their
shoulders. They had little horses, as big as our hounds. They
ate neither meat nor fish, and lived, for the most part, upon
milk. They never swore or took oaths, and detested falsehood.
When any of them went upon the earth, they could not at all
comprehend the inconstancy, perfidy, and ambition of the men
whom the sun enlightened. They appeared to have no exterior
worship, no religious observances, but confined themselves entirely
to the love of truth.
Young Elidore sometimes reascended to the earth, and came to
see his mother, to whom he related his discoveries and adventures.
His mother advised him to bring with him a little of the gold
which he described as being so plentiful in that wonderful country.
He wished to obey her, and stole a golden ball, with which the
king’s son was accustomed to play. As he entered the paternal
dwelling, his foot remained fixed to the sill of the door; the
golden ball he had brought, rolled to the feet of his mother, but
was immediately picked up by two pigmies, who loaded Elidore
with jeers and raillery. The latter, quite ashamed of his fault,
wishing to return to the country of the Gnomes, in vain endeavoured
to find the road; and although he continued his search
for more than a year, he never succeeded. He finished by seeking
consolation in study, and became a priest. He had learnt,
says Giraldus, the language of the pigmies, and retained several
words of it: this language very much resembled Greek.
This story, which is very like one of the Thousand and One
Nights, may have furnished Swift with the idea of Gulliver; it
is given at great length by Giraldus. The curate, Elidore, adds
our traveller, related these marvellous adventures in his old age,
and could not repeat them without shedding tears.
In the country of Haverford and Ross, an innumerable multitude
of people followed Archbishop Baldwin, and took the
cross. The orators of the holy war preached in Latin and in
French, and although the people did not understand a word they
spoke, they were moved to tears. An old woman, who, during
three years, had been blind, sent her son to Archbishop Baldwin,
in order to obtain a morsel of the robe of that holy pontiff. The
young man not having been able to penetrate the crowd which
surrounded the archbishop, brought back to his mother a clod of
earth upon which the archbishop had trodden, and left his footmark;
the blind woman pressed this clod to her mouth, then
applied it to her eyes, and recovered her sight.
The preachers of the crusade appeared in the isle of Mona,
or Anglesea. In this isle, Roderick, the youngest of the sons of
Awen, took the cross with a great number of his subjects. The
inhabitants of this isle pointed out, with great respect, a stone
which bore the shape of a man’s thigh, and which, by a miraculous
virtue, when it was displaced, returned of itself, to the spot
it had at first occupied. Count Hugh, of Chester, caused it to
be fastened with strong chains to the bottom of the sea; but on
the next day, it was again found in the place from which it had
been taken.
The archbishop finished his tour by visiting the environs of
Deva, or Chester; these countries were not less rich in marvels
than the others. Many of the princes and nobles of this
country took the cross.
When crossing the river Conway, Giraldus informs us that
at the source of that river the enchanter Merlin lived; he gives,
on this subject (chap. viii.), a curious notice upon the two Merlins;
the one was of Scotland and the other of Wales; the
latter was named Ambrose, and was born of a demon, in the
city of Caermardyn, which owes its name to him.
————
No. 24.
Letter to M. Michaud upon the Assassins, by Am. Jourdain.
In the course of your labours, you must often, Monsieur, have
met with the names of these sectaries, known by the appellation
of Assassins, whose religious principle consisted in blind obedience
to that Old Man of the Mountains, who reigned only by
murder, and the most horrible crimes. More than once perhaps
you will have attributed to the love of the marvellous
which prevails in ages of ignorance, barbarism, and credulity,
the accounts of Western authors, contemporaries of the crusades,
respecting their perseverance, and their imperturbable
audacity in the pursuit and execution of crime. Nevertheless,
we must confess, to the disgrace of our species, these accounts
are even below the truth, and are confirmed by the unanimous
concurrence of Arabian and Persian writers.
I will not describe these sectaries to you according to William
of Tyre, James of Vitry, and an infinite number of historians
with whom you are well acquainted; I should, if I did so, teach
you nothing you did not know before. But I will devote this
letter to presenting you with a short sketch of the origin, the
dogmas, and history of the Assassins, even of their present
state; for some remains of them still exist in the mountains of
Syria. I shall be highly gratified if I can add any interest to
your work, or give you at least a proof of the pleasure I receive
in being serviceable to you.
Before entering on the matter, it will not be useless to recall
to your mind the origin of the two great religious sects which
divide the Mussulmans—the Sunnites and the Chütes.
Mahomet dying without naming his successor, there arose two
factions among the people, one of which wished to elevate to the
caliphat, Ali, the son-in-law of this false prophet, and the other
the pious Abou-Bekr. The courageous firmness of Omar cut
the difficulties short, and the party of Abou-Bekr triumphed.
Omar governed after him, and had Othman for his successor. It
was not till the death of this weak prince, that Ali obtained possession
of the throne, always regarded by his partisans as his
heritage.
Nevertheless, scarcely had his reign begun, than factions arose
on all sides, whose aim it was to deprive him of the sceptre. Ali
had contributed to this state of things, by disdaining the arts of
policy, and by offending by refusals and even by disgraces, some
of the officers of Mahomet, whose credit was great. One of
these factious persons, Moaviah, an ambitious and powerful
rival, aided by the cunning of Ibn-el-Ass, the famous conqueror
of Egypt, sustained by Ayesha, the widow of Mahomet, who
could not pardon the husband of Fatima, for having suspected
her conjugal fidelity, and profiting skilfully by the faults of Ali,
succeeded at length in wresting an authority from him whose
legitimacy could not be contested; at the same time terminated
by murder the course of a life which was about, probably, to end
in humiliation and troubles of all kinds. His two sons experienced
a fate not in any way more fortunate; they perished,
victims of the ambition of the Ommiades, a house of which
Moaviah was the first prince.
From that time there existed in the Mussulman empire two
parties, whose opposition had religion for its basis, and which
exist even at the present day:[142] these are the Sunnites and the
Chütes. The first recognised the legitimacy of the succession
in the persons of Abou-Bekr, Omar, and Othman, and placed
Ali in the same rank with these three caliphs. The second, on
the contrary, treat the first vicars of Mahomet as usurpers, and
maintain that Ali was his only and veritable successor.
The numbers of the partisans of Ali became very great, particularly
in Persia; but these partisans were not long before
they themselves were divided into several parties, united in their
veneration for Ali and his posterity, but divided with regard to
the prerogatives they attached to this noble origin, and to the
branch which possessed the rights of the Imamat, that is to say,
the spiritual and temporal power. Of all the sects to which this
difference of opinions gave birth, the most powerful was that of
the Ismaëlians. It was thus called because it pretended that
the dignity of Imaun had been transmitted by an uninterrupted
line of the descendants of Ali, to a prince named Ismaël, and
that after his death the Imamat had reposed upon persons unknown
to men, up to the moment at which the triumph of the
house of Ali was to be effected; to this sect belonged the Carmates
and the Fatimite caliphs, who wrested Egypt and Syria
from the Abasside caliphs of Bagdad, after having laid the foundation
of their power in Africa, and formed a great empire, to
the period when Saladin overturned their throne to erect one for
a descendant of Abbas. But as the Fatimites acknowledged no
other legitimate authority but their own, they employed a great
number of missionaries in spreading their dogmas, and gaining
proselytes in secret.
Such is, Monsieur, the sketch I have deemed it necessary to
make, before proceeding with the founder of the sect which is
the object of my letter.
This founder was named Hassan, son of Sabbah. He was
born in the environs of Thous, a city of Korassan, celebrated for
having given birth to several great men. His father lived in the
practices of a mortified life and of an austere doctrine, but he
followed in secret the sect of the Rafedhites, or the partisans of
Ali. To divert, however, all suspicion from his opinions, he
intrusted the education of his son to a famous doctor, Movaffeceddin,
of Nichapour, who was a virtuous Sunnite. He pretended
to an Arabian origin, and gave himself out as descended from
the family of Sabbah-Homairi; but this was a fable to which no
one gave faith, and it was very well known that his ancestors
inhabited some villages in the dependence of Thous.
Hassan speaks thus of his first years of conversion to the sect
of the Ismaëlians:—“From the age of seven years I laboured
to acquire knowledge and talents. I made, as my fathers had
done, profession of that sect of Chütes who recognise the succession
of the twelve Imauns.
*******
I had occasion to become
acquainted with a refik, named Amireh-Zanab, and a most intimate
friendship grew up between us. I believed that the
dogmas and opinions of the Ismaëlians were only those of philosophers,
and I imagined that the sovereign of Egypt (that is
to say, the Fatimite caliph) was a sectary of this philosophy.
This persuasion engaged me in warm discussions with Amireh;
whenever he wished to defend his own doctrines, we had disputes
and controversies respecting the dogmas of them. It was
in vain for him to attack the doctrines of my sect, I did not
yield at all to his arguments, and yet he insensibly made an
impression on my mind. Whilst things were in this state we
separated, and I was afflicted with a long illness. I then said
inwardly to myself: “The doctrine of the Ismaëlians is conformable
with truth, and it is only obstinacy that prevents me from
adhering to it. If then, as God forbid! the fatal moment is come
for me, I shall die without having embraced the truth.” I was,
however, restored to health, and soon after made acquaintance
with another Ismaëlian, named Abou-Nedjm-Sanadj. I
questioned him upon the true system of Ismaëlian belief: he explained
it to me clearly, and I very soon penetrated all the depths
of it. I afterwards met with an Ismaëlian Dai, named Moumen,
to whom the cheik Abdelmelik-ben-Attach, dai of Irac, had
given permission to exercise the functions of missionary. I
informed him of the wish I had to make my profession of faith
to him, and he acceded to my request. At the time that the
cheik Abdelmelek came to Rey, I accompanied him, and my
conduct having pleased him, he confided to me the ministry of a
dai. You must go into Egypt,’ said he, in order to render
your homage to the Imaun Mostanser, and may that be a
blessing to you!’ Mostanser-billah, a descendant of Ali, then
occupied the caliphat of Egypt and the Imamat. When, therefore,
the cheik left Rey for Ispahan, I set out for Egypt.”
Hassan was received in Egypt with great distinction, for the
fame of his merit had preceded him thither, and the Imaun
Mostanser admitted him to the most familiar intimacy. This
high degree of favour ruined him. The courtiers, jealous of his
credit, laboured to procure his disgrace, and a difference having
arisen between him and the celebrated Bedr-Al-djemali, generalissimo
of the caliph’s troops, Hassan succumbed. His enemies
seized him and threw him, with some Franks, into a vessel about
to sail to Africa. Scarcely was he on the sea when a horrible
tempest arose and placed the ship in great danger; all the passengers
were overcome by terror, expecting nothing but death;
Hassan alone preserved his self-possession and tranquillity.
When interrogated upon this extraordinary conduct, “Our
lord,” answered he, “has promised me that no harm should
happen to us;” and, in effect, at the end of a short time, the sea
resumed its calm. The cry of miracle soon arose, and Hassan
made so many disciples of the companions of his voyage. Another
time, the vessel was driven into the port of a Christian
city, the governor of which allowed our pious doctor to reimbark,
after having treated him with hospitality. At length, the
vessel being cast upon the coast of Syria, Hassan abandoned
it, and directed his course towards Persia, by land. He passed
through Aleppo and Bagdad, and went from thence to Konsistan,
Ispahan, Yezd, and Carmania, preaching his doctrine everywhere.
From Carmania he returned to Ispahan, where he
sojourned more than four months, at the end of which he set
out for Konsistan. He remained here three months, and then
went to Damegan, where he dwelt for three years, making a
great number of proselytes. Hassan, after various other wanderings,
took possession of Altamont, a strong castle, situated in
the Roudbard, a country near Casbin. Mirkhond, a Persian
historian, relates, that he proposed to Mehdi, a descendant of
Ali, who possessed this place, to purchase as much land of him
as could be comprised within the skin of an ox, for the sum of
3,000 dinars. Mehdi having consented to this bargain, Hassan
took the skin of an ox, of which he made thongs, and tying
these together, passed the line all round the castle. It was by
means of this trick that he made himself master of Altamont,
which afterwards became the central point of the power of the
Ismaëlians.
This power, by the ability and activity of Hassan, made a
rapid progress; it was already established throughout the province
of Roudbar, in which his sectaries built a number of
strong castles; nobody was talked of in Persia but Hassan, who
threatened to bring the whole of that great country under his
domination. Melik-chah, alarmed at what he heard, ordered
one of his generals to destroy Hassan and his partisans, and to
raze his fortresses; but in vain; and death overtook Melik-chah
before his troops had obtained the least advantage.
The troubles which followed his death, and the division
which arose among the children of this prince, on the subject of
the succession to the throne, left the field free for Hassan to
augment the number of his proselytes. The best-fortified castles
of the north-west of Persia fell into his hands. At length, the
sultan Sindjar, having made himself master of this kingdom, set
seriously about the destruction of the Ismaëlians. Hassan, by
artifice, got rid of this dangerous enemy. He seduced one of
the servants of the prince; who, whilst he slept, placed a sharp
stiletto near his head. When the sultan, on awaking, saw this
poniard, he was seized with great fear; but as he was ignorant
of the hand that placed it there, he preserved silence upon the
circumstance. At the end of some days he received the following
letter from the head of the Ismaëlians:—“If good intentions
were not entertained towards the sultan, the poniard which he
found near his head would have been plunged into his heart.”
Sindjar was so terrified, that he consented to make peace with
the Ismaëlians upon three conditions: the first was, that they
should add no new constructions to their castles; the second,
that they should purchase neither arms nor machines of war;
and the third, that he should make no new proselytes. He even
granted Hassan, by the title of pension, a portion of the revenues
of the country of Coumes.
From that time Hassan lived peaceably in the castle of Altamont,
in the greatest seclusion, practising the exercises of austere
piety, and employing himself in the composition of dogmatic
treatises upon his doctrine. It is said that he only ascended to
the terrace of his palace, at Altamont, twice during thirty years.
He required of his sectaries the most rigid exactitude in the observances
of religion. Even paternal tenderness could not lead
him to deviate from this severity. Hosséin, his son, having
killed the daï of Couhestan, he punished him with death; another
son, for having drunk wine, met with the same fate. A man
having played upon the flute, in the castle of Altamont, he commanded
him to be turned out of the place, and resisted all the
prayers that were made to him to obtain his pardon. Some
authors pretend, that by sacrificing his sons thus, he wished to
prove to the Ismaëlians that he had no intention of fixing the
sovereign power in his own family; I doubt whether such a
reason can justify Hassan in his barbarity. And yet it would
not be the first time that policy has sacrificed the feelings of the
heart to state interests.
The ability of this man in the management of affairs equalled
his fanaticism. History has preserved several proofs of this, of
which I shall only quote the following. Hassan had studied
under the imaun Movassek-eddin, in company with Nizam-el-Moulk,
one of the greatest statesmen Islamism ever produced;
and community of labours established the strictest friendship
between them. They entered into a mutual promise that the
first of the two that should obtain honours should share them
with the other, and that fortune should not affect their attachment.
Hassan, after having for a long time led a miserable life,
went to Nichapour, where he found Nizam-el-Moulk minister
of the great Melik-chah; this was about the year 1073 of the
Christian era. Nizam-el-Moulk, faithful to his promise, received
Hassan with great kindness, and procured him a post at the
court. Endowed with an expansive mind, rare cunning, and
great talents for administration, this aspirant was not long in
insinuating himself into the good graces of the Sultan, and acquiring
his confidence. One day, Melik-chah having conceived
some doubt of the probity of his first minister, asked him in how
short a time he could draw out a clear statement of the receipts
and expenses of the provinces. We should observe, that at that
period the dominions of this prince extended from Antioch, in
Syria, to Kachkar, in Turkistan. Nizam-el-Moulk said it would
require two years; Hassan offered to perform the labour in forty
days, provided the Sultan would place at his disposal all the
writers of the court; and his offer being accepted, he realized
his promise. He was preparing to present the result of his
researches to the prince, when Nizam-el-Moulk, who saw his
ruin approach, found means to get the statements into his
hands, and to mutilate them. When Hassan appeared before
the Sultan, the prince put several questions to him relative to
the situation and finances of the empire. Hassan had recourse
to his papers, and found them incomplete; he hesitated, stammered,
and could not answer. Nizam-el-Moulk skilfully took
advantage of his tergiversations to degrade Hassan in the mind
of Melik-chah. “Wise and prudent men,” said he, “required
two years to perform the work commanded by your majesty;
an ignorant man, who has pretended to terminate it in forty
days, is unable to give satisfactory answers to the questions put
to him.” The prince, in his anger, was desirous of punishing
Hassan; but, as he was a creature of his court, he allowed the
affair to drop, and satisfied himself with despising him. This
anecdote, which does little honour to the character of Nizam-el-Moulk,
and shows no delicacy on the part of Hassan, towards
the man to whom he owed his fortune, proves at least that the
latter possessed great aptitude for business.
Such was the man whom the Ismaëlians, or rather the Assassins
of the Crusaders, recognised as their chief, and to whom they
gave the name of Séidouna,—Our Lord. But before we proceed,
it is necessary to enter into some details upon the principles of
this sect, upon the denominations that it bore, and upon its
organization.
You have seen, sir, the origin of the denomination of Ismaëlian,
given to the branch of the partisans of Ali to which Hassan
belonged. This name is not, however, the only one under which
these heretics were known by orthodox Mussulmans. They were
likewise called Bathenians, Nezzarians, Molaheds, and Hachichens;
but the two last epithets alone applied to the proselytes
of Hassan.
The title of Bathenian designated the principles established by
the Ismaëlians. One of the characters of their religion was to
explain, in an allegorical manner, all the precepts of the Mussulman
law; and this allegory was carried so far by some of their
doctors, that it tended to nothing less than the destruction of all
public worship; and to the elevation of a purely philosophical
doctrine, and a very licentious morality, upon the ruins of all
revelation and all divine authority. This is why they were
called Bathenis, or Bathenians; which is to say, partisans of
interior worship.
Molahed, the plural of the Arabian word Molhed, signifies
impious; the partisans of Hassan did not receive this epithet
till towards the year 1164 of Christ, and under the reign of one
of his successors, named Hassan, the son of Mohammed. This
prince, from his youth, gave himself up to the study of the dogmatic
books of the sect; and as his father, to whom he succeeded,
was unacquainted with science, he appeared in the eyes of the
people a very profound scholar, and an extraordinary man. This
good opinion, with respect to his person, increased daily, and the
Ismaëlians became more blindly willing to execute his orders.
Hassan, rendered bold by this success, put forth some extravagant
opinions, and gave himself out to be the Imaun of the age.
His father was still living; and, in his ignorance, scrupulously
followed the doctrines of his sect. The pretensions of his son
disgusted him, and he put to death two hundred and fifty of
those who favoured them. As long as Mohammed lived, Hassan
suppressed his real intentions; but he resumed them the
moment the death of his father put him in possession of the
throne. He permitted everything that religion prohibited,
abolished the exterior practices of the Mussulman faith, allowed
his subjects to drink wine, and dispensed with all the obligations
which the law of Mahomet imposes on its sectaries; he declared
that the knowledge of the allegorical sense of the precepts dispenses
with the observance of the literal sense, and at length
caused himself to be proclaimed son of Nezzar, son of the caliph
Mostanser, and the caliph of God on the surface of the earth.[143]
This heretical conduct procured for the Ismaëlians the denomination
of Molahed, impious.
The surname of Nezzarians is derived from that Nezzar, of
whom I have spoken, and was given to those Ismaëlians who
adhered to the party of that prince, the eldest son of Mostanser,
caliph of Egypt. The sectarians of Hassan were of the party of
Nezzar.
I now come to the epithet of Assassins. The origin of this
word had been the object of numerous researches, which still
remained without any satisfactory result, when an illustrious
scholar proved, in an evident manner, supporting all he advanced
upon various Arabian texts, that it was a corruption of the word
hachichen; and that it was given to the Ismaëlians, because they
made use of an intoxicating liquor called hachich. This hachich
is a preparation of the leaves of hemp, or some other part of that
vegetable, which they employ in different manners; as a liquor,
under the form of confections; or as pastilles, sweetened with
saccharine substances; and even as fumigations. “The intoxication
produced by the hachich,” says M. Silvestre de Sacy, “throws
the person who takes it into an ecstasy similar to that which the
Orientals experience in the use of opium; and according to the
testimony of a great many travellers, we may be satisfied that
men in this state of delirium imagine that they enjoy the ordinary
objects of their wishes, and taste of a felicity, the acquisition
of which costs them little, but the use of which, too often
repeated, changes the animal organization, and leads to marasma
and death. Some of them, in this state of transient insanity,
losing the consciousness of their weakness, commit actions of a
brutal nature, capable of disturbing public order. It cannot be
forgotten that, during the sojourn of the French army in Egypt,
the general-in-chief was obliged strictly to prohibit the sale and
use of these pernicious substances, the indulgence in which has
become a necessity for the inhabitants of Egypt, particularly the
lower classes of the people. Those who give themselves up to
this custom, are still called Hachichin, Hachachin; and these
two expressions plainly show why the Ismaëlians have been
called by the Latin historians of the crusades, sometimes
Assissini, and sometimes Assassini.
With a small acquaintance with the Arabic tongue, and an
observation upon the alterations certain words of that language
have experienced in being transferred to the works of Latin and
Greek authors, it is impossible to raise any objection to the correctness
of the etymology advanced by M. Silvestre de Sacy.
We may, however, believe that all Ismaëlians did not employ
the hachich; that their chief alone was acquainted with this preparation,
and that he only administered it to those whom he
destined to exercise the infamous trade of fedai, or assassins;
for there prevailed among the partisans of this sect a remarkable
hierarchy: the dai, the refik, and the fedaï, formed
three perfectly distinct classes.
The chief of the sect dwelt, as I have said, in the castle of
Altamont, placed amidst mountains. It was the situation of this
abode which gave him the title of Cheik Aldjebal,—Lord of the
Mountain; but as cheik signifies equally lord and old man, our
historians of the crusades took it in the latter sense, and called
the prince of the Assassins the Old Man of the Mountain.
The daïs formed the first class of the sect; it was reserved to
them to propagate the doctrine.[144] They exercised the functions
of missionaries, spreading themselves throughout the provinces,
preaching the dogmas of their worship, and receiving the profession
of faith of such as were converted. There were, still
further, degrees among these. They called dai aldoat,—dai of
dais, him who had several missionaries under his orders, and
whose jurisdiction comprised several provinces. The Ismaëlians
had dais aldoat in Syria, Irac, Dilem, Korassan, &c.
Under the name refik, it appears, the body of the sectaries
was comprised.
The fedaïs were the blind ministers of the Old Man of the
Mountain; it was in their hands he placed the knife under which
were to fall, without pity, all who opposed the establishment of
his doctrine, or combated it by dangerous arguments; princes,
generals, doctors,—nobody was safe from their blows; and they
showed in the execution of the crime, a perseverance equalled
only by their fanaticism.
The word fedaï, in its proper signification, means a devoted
man, and the application of it was very just, since this class of
the Ismaëlians had for the orders of their prince a devotedness
without example. It is true this blind obedience was purchased
by stratagem; for I have not the least doubt that we must apply
to the fedaïs that which Marco Paolo relates of the young
people brought up by the Old Man of the Mountains. “This
traveller, whose veracity is generally acknowledged,” says
M. de Sacy, “informs us that this prince caused young people to
be brought up, chosen from amongst the most robust of the inhabitants
of the places over which he ruled, to make of them the
executioners of his barbarous decrees. All their education had
for object to convince them that by blindly obeying the orders
of their chief, they would secure themselves, after their death,
the enjoyment of all the pleasures which delight the senses.[145]
To attain this aim, this prince caused delicious gardens to be
made round his palace. There, in pavilions, decorated with all
that Asiatic luxury can imagine that is rich and brilliant, dwelt
young beauties, consecrated solely to the pleasures of those for
whom these enchanting places were destined. It was to this
spot the Ismaëlian princes caused to be transported, from time
to time, the young men of whom they meant to make the blind
instruments of their will. After having caused them to swallow
a draught which plunged them into a profound sleep, and deprived
them for some time of the use of all their faculties, they
had them conveyed to these pavilions, worthy of the gardens of
Armida. Upon awaking, everything which struck their ears or
their eyes threw them into a ravishment of delight, which left
reason no empire in their minds. Uncertain if they had already
entered upon the enjoyment of the felicity of which a picture
had so often been held up to their imagination, they abandoned
themselves with transport to all the various seductions by which
they were surrounded. After they had passed some days in
these gardens, the same means as had been employed to bring
them there, without their knowledge, were again had recourse to
to remove them from them. Advantage was carefully taken of
the first moments of an awakening, which for them had put an
end to the charm of so much enjoyment, to cause them to describe
to their young companions the wonders of which they had
been witnesses, and to convince them that the happiness of
which they had during several fast-flitting days partaken, was but
the prelude or foretaste of what they could secure an eternal
possession of by their submission to the orders of their prince.”
This draught, endowed with such wonderful powers, was nothing
but the hachich, with the virtues of which the chief of
the sect was acquainted, and the use of which was not spread
till some centuries after.
This, sir, is what Oriental historians furnish us with respecting
the origin, dogmas, and political organization of the sect of the
Assassins. As to its history, the extent of its dominions, and its
power, these are points, for the development of which a much
greater space would be requisite than that to which I am obliged
to limit myself. Nevertheless, I will devote a few lines to these
articles, for the gratification of your curiosity.
Mirkhoud has left us, in his work entitled Bouzat Alsafa, a
history of the Ismaëlians of Persia. This piece is the more
valuable and authentic, from having been extracted word for
word, from a history written by the celebrated vizier Atha-el-Mulk,
who was sent by Holagon, after the ruin of the Ismaëlians,
into the castle of Altamont, and had an opportunity of consulting
their original historical memoirs. Mirkhoud, or rather
Atha-el-Mulk, informs us, then, that the Persian dynasty of the
Ismaëlians furnished eight princes, including Hassan-ben-Sabbah,
and that it subsisted during a space of 166 years, to the
time at which Holagon, at the instigation of several princes who
detested the Ismaëlians on account of their excesses, conquered
Persia, destroyed the castles of the sect, and sent Rokn-eddin-Karchar,
the last sovereign of Altamont, to the other side of
the Oxus. This great event took place in 1256.
But this principal branch, or rather this stock of the Ismaëlians,
is not that of which such frequent mention is made in
our crusades; Hassan Sabbah, after having laid the foundation
of his power in Persia, sent missionaries, of both the first and
second order, into all parts of the Mussulman world; and these
missionaries were particularly active in Syria. A certain very
celebrated Seljoukide emir, who governed Aleppo, seconded
their designs wonderfully. Redoun (that was the name of this
prince) formed a friendship with the Ismaëlians, embraced their
principles even, and granted them open protection. From that
period, that is to say 501 of the Hegyra, dates the origin of the
great power they exercised in Syria, which subsisted nearly two
hundred years; but these Ismaëlians were subject to the sovereign
of Altamont, and were directed by daïs: it is even remarkable
that most of the fedaïs, employed in committing murder
in Syria, were Persians by nation, and had doubtless been
educated for that execrable profession in the delicious gardens
of Altamont, and by the virtue of the chich.
Europe has taken too little interest in the history of the
Ismaëlians, as obtained from Oriental writers, to be certain of
the extent of country occupied by these sectaries. The geography
of Persia, likewise, is enveloped in too much obscurity to
allow us to assign an exact position to the various castles they
inhabited. But what I can affirm is, that the province of
Roudbar, in which was placed the seat of their empire, is, according
to the Ferhenk Choouri,—the Persian dictionary, explained in
Turkish, a large district, comprising many villages, and situated
between Casbin and Guilan, in the neighbourhood of Theheran,
the present capital of Persia.
William of Tyre informs us that the Ismaëlians possessed
ten fortresses in Syria, and reckons them at sixty thousand souls.
Their principal establishment was at Massiat, an important, well-fortified
place, situated to the west of Hamah, at the distance
of a day’s march. They obtained possession of it in 505 of the
Hegyra, after having assassinated the emir who governed it; and
have kept it even up to our times. In addition to Massiat, they
held seven fortresses in the parallel of Hamah, from Hemes to
the Mediterranean, and in the neighbourhood of Tripoli. They
began to appear in Syria towards the end of the fifth century of
the Hegyra. Their power increased rapidly under the Seljoukide
Redevan, who embraced their doctrine. During the whole
course of his reign, they had a house in Aleppo, in which they
exercised their worship. They were so much dreaded, that they
carried off women and children out of the open streets in mid-day,
without any one daring to oppose their violences. They
publicly plundered people of a sect opposed to their own; gave
asylum to the greatest criminals, and gathered from impunity
fresh audacity for the commission of new crimes. These barbarians
carried their insolence so far as to seize, by force of arms,
cities and strong castles; it was thus they entered Apamea,
from which place Tancred drove them.
Whatever may have been the extent of the dominions possessed
by the Ismaëlians, either in Persia or Syria, it cannot be
compared with their power, established by fanaticism, and maintained
by the fear they inspired. Spread throughout the whole
of the Mussulman world, from the extremities of Asia Minor to
the depths of Turkistan, they were everywhere dreaded. In
presenting you with a few instances of their fanaticism and
audacity, if I do not afford you a precise idea of their power, I
shall at least make you acquainted with the nature of it, and
with what it may be presumed to have been. Let us begin with
devotedness and fanaticism.
History informs us that Henry, count of Champagne, having
made a journey into Lesser Armenia, paid a visit, on his return,
to the king of the Assassins, and was received with the most
distinguished honours. The prince led him to all parts of his
abode, and having conducted him up a very lofty tower, upon
every step of which stood men clothed in white: “I do not
suppose,” said he to his guest, “that you have any subjects as
obedient as mine?” At the same time he made a sign with his
hand, when two of these men precipitated themselves from the
top of the tower, and expired instantly. The head of the
Ismaëlians added: “If you desire it, at the least signal on my
part, those whom you see will precipitate themselves in the same
manner.” When taking leave of Henry, he made him rich presents,
and said: “If you have any enemy who aims at your
crown, address yourself to me, and my servants shall soon
relieve you from your anxiety, by poniarding him.”
Melik-chah, alarmed at the progress of Hassan-ben-Sabbah,
sent one of his officers to him to require him to desist from his
views, and to surrender his castles. Hassan ordered one of his
servants into his presence, and commanded him to kill himself,
which the servant instantly did. He then told another to throw
himself from the summit of a high tower, and his orders were
equally promptly obeyed. “Report to your master,” then said
he to the ambassador, “what you have seen, and tell him that I
have sixty thousand men at my command, whose devotedness
and obedience are like that which you have seen.”
In 1120, some Bathenians having assassinated Boursiki, prince
of Mossoul, they were cut to pieces on the spot. The mother of
one of these Ismaëlians having learnt the death of the emir and
the fate of the assassins, gave herself up to transports of joy;
but her satisfaction was changed into as lively a grief when she
learnt that her son, by some fortunate chance, had escaped the
destiny of his companions. Thus fanaticism produced the same
effect upon this woman as was produced by national honour and
patriotism in the case of the Spartan mother, whom history has
immortalized as sinking under her grief when she heard that
her son had escaped from the massacre of Thermopylæ. What
becomes of the charm and power of virtue, if blind fanaticism,
the disgrace of our nature, can rival her in the noblest actions
she inspires?
The Ismaëlians were the more dangerous and redoubtable,
from their practice of insinuating themselves into the courts of
most princes, and their skill in adopting such disguises as circumstances
required. They assumed the Syrian dress, in order
to get rid of that Ahmed Bal, of whom I have just spoken; they
entered the service of Tadjelmouth Bouri, prince of Damascus,
in the quality of grooms of Korassan, and attacked him with
impunity. The murderers of Bouriski took the dress of dervises,
to avert all suspicion. The Ismaëlians deputed to poniard the
marquis of Montferrat, embraced Christianity, wore religious
habits, affected the most austere piety, gained the friendship
and esteem of the clergy, acquired the good-will of their victim,
and, after having killed him, endured the tortures in which they
perished with admirable resignation. The imaun Fakr-eddin, a
very celebrated Persian doctor, having been accused of practising
the Ismaëlian doctrines in secret, in order to clear himself
from the calumny, ascended the pulpit, and pronounced maledictions
against the sect. This news reaching Altamont, Mohammed,
who then reigned, charged a fedaï with the execution
of his vengeance. This man repaired to the dwelling of the
imaun, and told him that he was a jurisconsult, that he was
desirous of being instructed by so able a master, and with his
caresses and flattery, played his part so well, that he was admitted
into the family of the doctor; he passed seven months with him
without obtaining an opportunity to execute his purpose. At
length, finding himself one day alone with the imaun, he shut
the doors of the house, drew his poniard, rushed upon the
doctor, struck him to the ground, and seated himself upon his
chest. “I will rip you up,” said he, “from the navel to the
breast.” “What for?” replied the imaun. Then the fedaï reproached
him with having cursed the Ismaëlians from the pulpit.
The imaun swore several times never to speak ill of that sect in
future; upon which the fedaï released him, saying: “I have no
orders to kill you, otherwise I should not delay the execution of
those orders, or hesitate in performing them; know, then, that
Mohammed salutes you, and desires that you would do him the
honour of visiting him at his castle. You will become an all-powerful
governor, for we shall obey you blindly.” And he
added, “We take no account of the discourse of common people;
their insults have no effect upon us. But you, you ought never
to permit your tongue to utter anything against us, or to censure
our conduct; because your words sink into the people’s hearts as
the strokes of the engraver penetrate the stone.” The imaun
said: “It is impossible for me to go to the castle, but I will,
henceforward, never pronounce a word that may be displeasing
to the sovereign of Altamont.” After this conversation, the
fedaï took from his girdle three hundred and sixty pieces of gold,
and said to the imaun: “Here is your salary for one year, and
it has been ordered by the sublime divan, that you should
receive every year a similar sum from the reis Modhaffer. I
have in my chamber two Yeman robes; when I am gone your
servants must take them, for our master has sent them to you.”
The fedaï instantly disappeared. The imaun took the pieces of
gold and the robes, and during five years received the appointed
salary.
This miraculous devotedness, this confidence in an after-life,
the felicity of which was beyond description, produced the
audacity and perseverance in the execution of the orders of the
prince, and the imperturbable courage which led the Ismaëlians
to endure death, without allowing the most severe tortures to
draw a confession from them. Caliphs and emirs fell beneath
their blows, in mosques, in streets, within the walls of palaces,
amidst crowds of people and courts of nobles. If they were
taken with the fatal knife in their hands, they thanked heaven
for bringing them nearer to the goal of their desires, and hailed
death as leading them the first step towards felicity. Moudoud
and Ac Sancar Albourski, princes of Mossoul, were assassinated
as they were coming out of the great mosque of the city, although
surrounded by their officers and domestics. Ahmed Bal, governor
of some castles of the Azerbaidjan, had several times declared
himself an enemy to the Lord of the Mountain; he was struck
dead in the midst of the hall of audience of the sultan Mohammed
at Bagdad. The great Saladin refused to embrace or protect
the Ismaëlian doctrine, and announced his intention of
destroying it. Whilst he was carrying on the siege of Akka, or
Ptolemaïs, a fedaï threw himself upon him, and dealt him a blow
of a poniard upon his head. Saladin seized him by the arm, but
the murderer never ceased striking till he was killed. A second
and a third fedaï continued the attack, but without obtaining
better success. Nevertheless, says the historian, Saladin retired
to his tent in great fear.
I have told you, sir, that the irruption of Holagon into Persia,
and the expeditions of Biban into Syria, ruined the Ismaëlian
power. But, whilst destroying their castles, these two great
warriors were not able to completely exterminate the sect. When
Tamerlane penetrated into Mezinderan, he found a great number
of Ismaëlians. Mention is often made of these sectaries in the
history of the conquest of Yemen by the Turks. We know that
they are at present scattered through many parts of Persia, and
that the government tolerates them. They even pretend that
they have preserved their imaun to this moment; that he is
descended from Ismaël himself, the son of Djafar Elasdie, and is
named Chah Kalil. He dwells in the city of Khekh, near to
Kom. This imaun is almost venerated as a god, among his
proselytes, who attribute to him the gift of miracles, and often
decorate him with the title of caliph. The Ismaëlians are found
as far as the banks of the Ganges and the Indus, whence they
piously come every year to receive the blessings of their lord
in return for the magnificent offerings they bring him. There
likewise still exist many families of them in the mountains of
Libanus, upon whom M. Rousseau, consul-general of France to
Aleppo, has given us some valuable information.
The Ismaëlians of Syria are divided into two classes,—the
Soueidanis and the Khedhrewis. The latter, who form the most
numerous part of the sect, have for chief the emir Ali Zoghbi,
successor of the emir Mustapha Edris. Their principal place of
abode is at Messias, which M. de Sacy thinks ought to be called
Mesiat. This ancient fortress is situated at twelve leagues west
of Hamah, upon an isolated rock. At three leagues west of
Messias, the Ismaëlians possess another fortress, named Kadmous,
of not less consequence than the other.
The second class, which comprises the Soueidanis, is much less
numerous than the preceding one, and is concentrated in the
village of Feudara, of the district of Messias. Its poverty has
drawn upon it the contempt of the Khedhrewis; its present
chief is named Cheikh Soleiman.
The sect of the Ismaëlians at the present moment only consists
of some wretched families scattered here and there, whom
the persecutions of the Turks are daily annihilating. The following
is the sinister event which has plunged them into these
circumstances. We will leave M. Rousseau to speak:—“The
Reslans, one of the most distinguished families of the sect of the
Nosaïris, possessed from time immemorial the fortress and territory
of Messias, when the Ismaëlians, having become sufficiently
powerful to encroach upon their domains, suddenly attacked
them, and drove them from the country, in which they established
themselves. This manifest usurpation increased the inveterate
hatred which all the neighbouring peoples entertained for them.
The Nosaïris, after having uselessly attempted, by several means,
to regain their possessions, at length had recourse to stratagem.
They sent some of their people to Messias, who, under borrowed
names, and without creating any suspicion of their designs,
entered the service of the Chich emir, Mustafa Edris, who then
commanded in the fortress.
“Abou Ali Hammour and Ali Bacha, chief of the conspirators,
had not long to wait for the opportunity they wished for. One
day when the emir remained alone in his dwelling, they assailed
him, and slew him with several dagger-wounds. This unexpected
murder was the signal for great misfortunes for the Ismaëlians.
Measures were so well concerted among their enemies, that at a
given signal, a numerous band of Nosaïris, posted in the avenues
of Messias, were to precipitate themselves upon it on a sudden,
and massacre all the inhabitants who attempted to defend themselves.
This project was completely carried out. The Ismaëlians,
attacked sharply, terrified, and, for the most part, killed in the
open streets, offered but weak resistance to their enemies, to
whom they were compelled to swear submission and obedience
for the future. The booty made on this day was valued at more
than a million piastres, reckoning the plunder of the villages and
the country. This event took place in the year 1809.”
These Ismaëlians have a book which contains the dogmas of
their present belief, the practices of their worship, &c. Its
author was a certain Cheikh Ibrahim, who seems to have been
one of the visionaries of the sect; it was made public after the
pillage of Messias. It is an assemblage of absurd reveries and
incoherent, ridiculous, insignificant principles, in which the
primitive doctrine of these sectaries is joined to a crowd of dogmas
which are foreign to it, and which time, communication with
other sects, and ignorance, have introduced into their belief.
Nevertheless, the study of them ought not to be entirely neglected,
as they serve to prove to what a degree the human mind
may deceive itself.
To avoid fatiguing your patience, I will pass over that which
relates to mystic theology, and the different incarnations of the
Imaun or Messiah, who was manifested in the persons of Adam,
Noah, Abraham, Moses, Jesus, and Ali, fourth caliph, according
to orthodox Mahometans. I will likewise be silent upon the
mysteries of the alphabetical letters, which are divided into the
luminous and the obscure, the substantial and the corporeal;
were at first twenty-two in number, were augmented by six, at
the time of the revelation of the Koran; are connected with the
houses of the moon, with the signs of the zodiac, with the
planets, and the elements; designate sometimes a prophet, sometimes
a holy personage; in short, are susceptible of an infinity of
allegorical applications; but I will give in its entirety the
description of Paradise.
“I have reserved an abode more permanent, and filled with
eternal delights for those who follow my law, and fear the effects
of my justice. This abode is paradise, to which entrance may be
obtained by eight different gates, which lead to the same number
of inclosures; there are in each inclosure or division, 70,000
meadows of saffron, and 70,000 abodes of mother-of-pearl and
coral; in each dwelling-place or abode, there are 70,000 palaces
and 70,000 galleries of topaz; in each gallery there are 70,000
golden saloons; in each saloon, 70,000 silver tables; upon each
table, 70,000 exquisite dishes, &c. &c. Each of these 70,000
palaces contains 70,000 springs, or streams of milk and honey
with as many purple pavilions, occupied by beautiful young
women. Still further, each saloon is surmounted by 70,000
domes of amber, and upon each dome are set forth 70,000 wonders
from the hand of Omnipotence. The inhabitants of these
enchanted places are immortal and are unacquainted with infirmities,
tears, laughter, prayers, or fasting.”
I ought to tell you, with regard to this passage, that in the
true doctrine of the Ismaëlians, paradise is the true religion,
and the epoch of its manifestation, and that this description, or
any other like it, must be considered as an allegory.
To this quotation I cannot refrain from adding two others:
one upon the duties of man, the other upon the metaphysical
ideas of this sect.
“Oh! son of Adam, the empire of the universe belongs to
me; all that you possess comes from me; but learn that the
aliments which nourish you, will not preserve you from death,
nor the clothes which cover you from the infirmities of the flesh;
you will advance or go back, as you employ your tongue in
falsehood or in truth. Thy being is composed of three parts:
the first is mine, the second is thine; and the third belongs to
us in common. That which is mine, is thy soul; that which is
thine, is thy actions; and that which we share between us, is the
prayers which thou addressest to me. Thou oughtest to implore
me in thy wants; my delight is to listen to the prayers
of the good. Oh! son of Adam, honour me, and thou wilt know
me; fear me, and thou wilt see me; adore me, and thou wilt
draw near to me. Oh! son of Adam, if kings are cast into
flames for their tyranny, magistrates for their treachery, doctors
for their jealousies, artisans for their frauds, the great for their
pride, the low for their hypocrisy, the poor for their falsehoods,—where
will they be found who can aspire to enter into paradise?
*******
There are three sorts of existence: the first,
usual and relative, exposed to the influence of the stars, subject
to alterations, and susceptible of being and not being at the
same time; that is matter: the second, intellectual, which has
been preceded by non-existence, but which becomes permanent
from the moment it begins; that is the soul, upon which the
celestial bodies cannot act: the third, necessary, absolute, and
eternal, superior by its nature to the two others, that is the
Supreme Being, by whom everything has been produced, who
has always subsisted, and will subsist for ever.
“The Being whose existence is eternal, the first principle, is
unlimited, One, and without companions.
“Man exists then doubly,—by his soul and by his body; his
spiritual existence survives his bodily existence, which, sooner of
later, is dissolved.
“The soul is a simple substance, homogeneous and immaterial,
an indestructible breath of the Divinity. The body is a
compound of material parts heterogeneous and destructible,
which only exists as long as its parts remain united together.
The soul is not essentially inherent to the body; the latter is
not the subject of it; we only know that it is present in it, as we
are aware of the splendour of the sun upon the surface of any
object whatever.
“The soul is immortal.
*******
Souls were created
before bodies: they resided, whilst waiting for them, in the intellectual
world, the abode of true essences.
“After their union with the body, they constantly endeavour
to preserve the reminiscence of their productive cause; and if,
in their new state, they do not forget this first essence, they
return to their former dwelling; otherwise they continue wandering
and unhappy in the material world, there to perpetually
experience the vicissitudes and pains of the present life.
“In order not to deteriorate, or lose its rights to proximity
with its author, the soul must be constantly filled with the idea
of that first cause which is disposed to attract it, unceasingly,
towards it. It is its true state of perfection, that in which it
maintains itself by becoming insensible to all terrestrial affections.
“In addition to his immaterial and reasonable soul, man has
still another, which is the natural soul; this is born and dies
with the body; it is a certain inexplicable, but active and actual
force, which is common to him and animals devoid of reason,
and which elevates him above these; it is the immortal breath
which the Divinity has communicated to him, to the exclusion
of the other beings of the universe.”[146]—Receive, monsieur, I
beg, &c. &c.
————
No. 25.
Treaty made under the Walls of Constantinople.
This is certainly one of the most extraordinary documents we
have ever seen. A handful of warriors, in a strange and foreign
country, without any certainty of reinforcements, are before the
second city of the world, well peopled, completely fortified, and
prepared for defence; and yet they, before giving an assault,
coolly draw up a treaty, by which the city and its empire are
divided amongst them; and what completes the wonder is, that
they succeeded, and, for a while, obtained what they contemplated.
“We, Henry Dandolo, by the grace of God doge of Venice,
Dalmatia, and Croatia, and the very illustrious lords, Boniface,
marquis of Montferrat; Baldwin, count of Flanders and Hainault;
Louis, count of Blois and Clermont; and Henry, count of
St. Pol; each on his own part, in order to maintain among us
union and concord, and to avoid every subject of offence, with
the co-operation of Him who is our peace, who made everything,
and for whose glory we have thought fit to establish the following
order, after having reciprocally engaged ourselves with the bonds
of an oath. In the first place, we all agree (after having invoked
the name of Jesus Christ) to cause the city to be attacked; and
if, by the aid of divine power, we succeed in entering it, we will
remain and serve under the command of those who shall be
established leaders of the army, and follow them as it shall be
ordered. All the wealth that shall be found in the city, shall
by every one be deposited in a common place, which shall be
chosen for this purpose, we reserving always, as well as for our
Venetians, three parts of this wealth, which are to be remitted
to us as an indemnity for that which the Emperor Alexius was
bound to pay to us, as well as to you. On your side, you will
retain a fourth part, until we have all obtained equal satisfaction;
and if there should be anything left, we will share it equally
between us and you, so that all may be satisfied. And if the
said wealth should not prove sufficient to discharge that which is
due to us, this wealth, from whatever source it may arise, shall
be shared in the same manner between you and us, as it has
been thereupon agreed, except the provisions and forage, which
shall be set aside and divided equally among your people and
ours, in order that all may subsist in a suitable manner; and all
that may be found besides shall be shared with the other booty,
according as it has been agreed thereupon. We and our Venetians
are to enjoy, throughout the empire, in a free and absolute
manner, and without any kind of contradiction, all the prerogatives
and possessions which we have been accustomed to enjoy,
as well in spiritual as in temporal matters; as well as all privileges
and usages, written or not written. There shall also be
chosen six members on our part, and six on yours, who, after
having taken an oath, shall choose in the army and raise to the
empire, him whom they shall believe to be most fit to exercise
it, and to command in this land for the advantage and glory
of God, of the holy Romish church, and of the empire. If
they agree among themselves, we will recognise as emperor him
whom they shall have elected with one common voice. But if it
should happen that six shall be on one side and six on the other,
it shall be left to chance, and him upon whom the lot shall fall we
will acknowledge as emperor. If there should be a majority on
one side, we will acknowledge as emperor him in favour of whom
this majority shall be declared. If the council should be divided
into more than two parts, we will acknowledge for emperor him
whom the most numerous party shall have elected. The person
who may be chosen emperor, shall have the quarter of all that
shall be conquered from the empire, the palace of Blachernæ,
and the Lion’s Mouth. The three other quarters shall be shared
equally among you and us. As to the clerical members who
shall be of the side on which the emperor shall not have been
chosen, they shall have the privilege of composing the clergy of
the Church of St. Sophia, and to elect a patriarch for the glory
of God, of the holy Roman church, and the empire. But as
regards the clerical members on one side and the other, they
shall compose the clergy of the churches which shall fall to their
share. As to the wealth of the churches, care will be taken to
distribute to the ecclesiastics as much as will be sufficient to
provide honourably for them, and to the churches as much as
will be requisite to maintain them properly. Whatever may
remain of this wealth shall be divided and shared as above
directed. We will, in addition, make oath, on both sides, that,
dating from the last day of the present month of March, we will
remain during the space of an entire year in the service of the
emperor, in order to contribute to and strengthen his power, for
the glory of God, the holy Romish church, and the empire;
and that all those who shall have previously sojourned in the
empire, shall swear fidelity to the emperor, according to the
good and praiseworthy custom. Thus then, all those who now
dwell in the empire, as has been mentioned, shall swear they
will hold as good and authentic the regulations and treaties
which have been made. It is also proper to observe that, as
well on your side as on ours, there shall be chosen twelve members,
at most, as it may be convenient, who, after having taken
the oath, shall be charged with the duty of distributing the
fiefs and honours among individuals, and of regulating the rights
of service to which these same individuals shall be subjected as
regards the emperor and the empire, according to what these
members shall think suitable; that the fief which shall be
assigned to any one shall be possessed freely and without any
obstacle, by his posterity, as well masculine as feminine, and
that the possessor shall have entire power to execute whatever
to him may seem good, saving his obedience to the laws and the
duty he shall owe to the service of the emperor and the empire.
There shall be likewise done for the emperor all the service
necessary, independently of that to which the possessors of fiefs
and privileges shall be bound, according to the order that shall
be assigned to them. It is further enacted, that no inhabitant
of a nation which shall be at war with us or our successors, or
the Venetians, shall be admitted into the empire until that war
shall be entirely terminated. Moreover, each party is held to
labour sincerely to obtain from our holy father the pope, that if
any one shall attempt to contravene the present constitution, he
shall be struck by excommunication. On his side, the emperor
is bound to swear that he will hold the acts and gifts which
shall be made, irrevocable, conformably with all which has hereupon
been named. That if the present treaty should require
any addition or suppression, it will be within our power and
liberty to make it, assisted by our six counsellors, conjointly
with the said lord marquis, assisted equally by his six counsellors.
On the other side, the above-named lord doge cannot take
the oath to the emperor for any service, for any fief or privilege
that may be granted to him; but he or they whom he shall
delegate in that which concerns him, shall take the oath to do,
towards the emperor and towards the empire, all services required,
conformably with all which has been thereupon mentioned.
Given, in the year of grace 1204, the 7th day of the month of
March.
————
No. 26.
In the year 1195, Walter Hemingford, an English chronicler,
says that the Old Man of the Mountain sent to all the princes
of Europe a letter, in which he exculpates the illustrious king
Richard from the death of the marquis of Montferrat. Although
this letter may be a little apocryphal, we publish it, to show our
readers how the Old Man of the Mountain was then spoken of.
“The Old Man of the Mountain to the princes and all the
people of the Christian religion, salutation. As we do not wish ill
to him who is innocent and merits it not, we will not allow that
the innocence of another should be compromised by any act that
we have done. We will never suffer, with the permission of
God, that they who have offended us shall rejoice long in the
injuries inflicted on our simplicity. We signify then to you all,
and we take as witness him by whom we hope to be saved, that
it was not by any machinations of the king of England that the
marquis was killed. He was justly killed, by our will and by
our order, by our satellites, because he had offended us, and had
neglected, in spite of our warnings, to make us reparation: for
it is our custom first to warn those who have offended us in anything,
either us or our friends, in order that they may give us
satisfaction; and it is our custom, if they despise our warning,
to avenge ourselves by the hands of our ministers, who obey us
with the greater devotion from being convinced they shall be
gloriously recompensed by God, if they fall whilst executing
our orders. We have learnt likewise that it is said of the same
king that he had engaged us, as less incorruptible than others,
to send some one of our people to lay an ambush for the king of
Franco. This is false, and the effect of a vain suspicion. God
is our witness, that he never proposed anything of the kind to
us, and that our honesty would not permit us to allow anything
evil to be attempted against a person who had not merited it.
Fare ye well.”
————
No. 27.
Fragment from Nicetas Choniates, concerning the Statues of Constantinople
destroyed by the Crusaders.[147]
The Latins manifested that love of gold which characterizes
their nation, by thinking of a new species of plunder, till that
time unknown to all the former spoilers of this city of cities.
After opening the coffins of the emperors which are in the
Heroüm, erected near the magnificent church of the disciples of
Jesus Christ, they pillaged them all during the night; and, in
violation of the laws of equity, they took away all the ornaments
in gold, pearls, and precious transparent stones, which had
so long remained untouched in that sacred place.
Having found, likewise, the body of the emperor Justinian,
still perfect and undecomposed, after the lapse of so many years,
this spectacle struck them with admiration; but they paid no
more respect, on that account, to the ornaments with which the
body had been buried.
It may be affirmed that the Occidentals spared neither the
living nor the dead, and beginning with God and his servants,
they made all, indifferently, sensible to the effects of their
impiety. A short time after, they bore away from the great
church that veil which was valued at many thousand silver minæ,
and which was ornamented with thick golden embroidery. But
as even all these riches could not satisfy the boundless cupidity
of these barbarians, they cast their eyes upon the bronze statues,
and consigned them to the flames. The Juno of bronze, which
stood in the Square of Constantine, was taken to pieces and sent
to the melting-house, to be transformed into staters;[148] so large
was this statue that the head was as much as four pairs of oxen
could draw to the palace.
After the Juno, they took down from its base a group of Paris
and Venus; the shepherd offering the goddess the golden apple
of discord.
Whoever beheld without admiration that square obelisk of
bronze, the height of which was almost equal to that of the
loftiest columns? Upon it were sculptured all the birds which,
in spring, make the air resound with their melodious concerts,
the labours of husbandmen, musical instruments, bleating sheep,
and bounding lambs. The sea there spread forth its waves, with
vast numbers of fish, part of which were taken alive, and the rest,
bursting through the nets, were plunging back into their watery
home. Naked cupids, sporting by twos and threes, pelting each
other with apples, and indulging in the wildest gambols. At
the top of this square obelisk, which terminated in a pyramidal
form, was placed a female figure, which turned with the least
breath of wind; whence she was called Anemodoulos (that is to
say, the slave of the winds). This work, of admirable beauty,
was likewise melted, as was a colossal statue, which stood in
the Place of Taurus, and represented a man on horseback in
heroic costume. This figure, whose base was a trapezium, was
said by some to be Joshua, because his hand was extended towards
the declining sun, and that he seemed to be commanding
it to stay its course. But most persons thought it was intended
for Bellerophon, the hero born and brought up in the Peloponnesus,
mounted upon Pegasus; for the horse had no bridle, and
it is thus Pegasus is represented, striking, at will, the plain with
his hoof, and, whether flying or running, disdaining to submit to
his rider. There was an ancient tradition, which was preserved
to our times, and known to everybody, that under the left forefoot
of this horse was concealed the figure of a man, representing,
according to some, a Venetian, and according to others,
some other enemy from the West, bearing a Roman name, or
else it was a Bulgarian. Efforts had often been made to render
this foot so firm and so solid that it might not be possible to
discover what was said to be hidden beneath it. When this
horse and his rider were taken to pieces to be melted, the figure
was really found concealed under the foot of the horse; it was
clothed in a mantle, much in appearance like one of wool; but
the Latins, troubling themselves very little about the predictions
concerning it, cast it also into the fire. Many other statues and
admirable works, standing in the Hippodrome, shared the same
fate, and were destroyed by these barbarians, who, incapable of
admiration for the beautiful, converted all these masterpieces
into coin, and annihilated monuments which had cost so much,
for the sake of such an inconsiderable amount of money. They
broke to pieces a Hercules, reclining upon an osier-basket (or
mattress), covered by a lion’s skin, the head of which had, even
in the bronze, so terrible an aspect, that it appeared about to
roar, and spread terror among the idle multitude who stopped
to look at it. The hero was seated, without quiver, bow, or
club; his right arm and leg were stretched out to their full
length, whilst his left leg was bent; placing his left elbow on his
knee, he raised his fore-arm, and with an air of sadness, reposed
his head upon the palm of his hand. He appeared to deplore
his destiny, and to be thinking over with indignation the troubles
to which Eurystheus constrained him, from jealousy, and not
from necessity. His chest and shoulders were broad, his hair
curly, his thighs large, his arms muscular, and his height was
such as Lysimachus might, upon conjecture, have assigned to
the true Hercules. This bronze Hercules was his first and last
work: it was so large that the cord which went round his thumb
was long enough for a common man’s girdle, and that with
which his leg was measured was equal in length to the height of
a man. They did not, however, fail to annihilate such a Hercules;
these men who had separated courage from the virtues
allied to it, who attributed it to themselves particularly, and
professed to esteem it above everything! They took away the
ass with his pack-saddle, walking and braying, with the ass-driver
following him, which Cæsar Augustus had caused to be
placed at Actium or Nicopolis, in Greece, to perpetuate the
remembrance of his having gone out one night to observe the
army of Antony, and having met with this man, of whom he
asked who he was, and whither he was going, the man answered
his name was Nico, and that of his ass Nicander, and that he
was going to Cæsar’s army. Neither could they keep their
hands from the hyena, and the wolf which suckled Remus and
Romulus;—they melted this precious monument of the Roman
nation for the sake of some paltry pieces of copper coin. They
destroyed, in the same manner, the man contending with a lion;
an hippopotamus of the Nile, the body of which ended in a tail
covered with scales; the elephant shaking his trunk; the
sphynxes, whose upper parts were those of women of rare
beauty, but who, below, resembled fearful and horrid animals;
these sphynxes were the more admirable from appearing to be
able to walk, and at the same time to fly, and to dispute the palm
of swiftness with the largest birds. A horse without a bridle,
pricking up his ears and neighing; a tamed bull, walking with
slow, heavy steps; and Scylla, that ancient monster, a woman to
the waist, with her long neck, her large breasts, and an air full
of cruelty; her inferior parts divided, to form those animals
which attacked the vessels of Ulysses, and devoured several of
his companions.
There was, likewise, in the Hippodrome, a bronze eagle, a
wonderful monument of the magic art of Apollonius of Tyana.
Being at Byzantium, he was implored to put an end to the
trouble the inhabitants endured from the bites of serpents.
Having recourse to his criminal arts, in which he had been
instructed by demons and men initiated in their wicked mysteries,
he placed upon a column an eagle which could not be
looked upon without pleasure, and which drew passers-by to
stop and contemplate it, as the songs of the Syrens fascinated
those who listened to them. His wings were extended as if
he were about to fly; but the folds of a serpent, which he held
in his talons, impeded his efforts. The reptile stretched out
its head as if to reach the wings of the bird; but its efforts
were in vain; for, pierced by the claws of the eagle, its ardour
relaxed, so that it appeared rather to be about to sleep or die
than to fasten on the wings of the eagle. Thus the serpent
was breathing its last sigh, and its venom was exhaling with it;
whilst the eagle, with a haughty glance, and actually appearing
to utter cries of victory, endeavoured to raise the serpent, and
bear it away into the heavens with him; all which was expressed
by the eagle’s superb look, and the death of the serpent. It
might almost be said, in seeing the serpent thus forced to slacken
its flexible folds, and forego its venomous bites, that it drove
away, by its example, other serpents from Byzantium, and exhorted
them to conceal themselves in their holes. And this was
not all that rendered the figure of this eagle admirable; for it
indicated, very correctly to the eye of an instructed spectator,
the twelve hours of the day, by twelve lines traced upon its
wings, when the rays of the sun were not veiled by clouds.
What shall I say of the Helen, with arms whiter than
snow, with small delicate feet, and a bosom of alabaster? Of
Helen, who brought all Greece together against Troy, who
occasioned the ruin of that city, who from the Trojan shores,
passed to those of the Nile, and thence at length returned to
Lacedæmon? Was she able to subdue these inexorable men, and
soften these hearts of iron? She had not the power; she, whose
beauty charmed every spectator, whose robing was magnificent,
who, although of bronze, was full of delicious languor, and who,
even to her tunic, her veil, her diadem, and her elegantly
arranged hair, appeared to respire the very spirit of voluptuousness.
Her tunic was of a fabric more delicate than the tissues
of Arachne; her veil was of the most admirable workmanship;
the diadem which encircled her brow, glittered with the brilliancy
of gold and precious stones; and her floating tresses,
agitated by the wind, were gathered together behind, and
descended to her legs. Her lips, slightly separated, like the cup
of a rose, appeared ready to breathe soft and pleasant words,
whilst her inexpressibly sweet smile seemed, in a manner, to
meet the spectator, and fill him with delicious emotion. But
language cannot describe or transmit to posterity the charm of
her look, the arch so exquisitely marked of her eyebrows, or the
graces which adorned her person. But thou, Helen, daughter
of Tyndarus, lovely with natural beauty, work of the Loves,
object of the cares of Venus, the most admirable gift of
nature, the prize of victory proposed to Greeks and Trojans,
where is the Nepenthe, that remedy against sadness, which the
wife of Thoas remitted to thee? Where are those philters
which none can resist? Why didst thou not employ them as
formerly? But I see how it was. Thy inevitable destiny was
to become the prey of the flames, thou, whose image alone had
power to kindle the flames of love in the hearts of all who
beheld thee. Perhaps I may say, that these descendants of
Æneas condemned thee to the fire, to avenge in thy own person
Ilium, consumed by the fires which thy loves had created. But
the fury of gold which possessed the Latins, and led them to
annihilate in every spot the most beautiful masterpieces of art,
is beyond my power of imagining or describing. But I may
venture to say this; they separate themselves from their wives,
and yield them to the embraces of others for a few oboles; they
are incessantly occupied in plunder, or in games of chance; they
put on armour, and fight with each other, with a senseless and
furious ardour, and not with a prudent, regulated valour; expose
all they possess as the prize for victory, without excepting
the young brides who have given them the pleasures of paternity,
or even their own lives, a treasure so dear and valuable to
all other men, and for the preservation of which there is nothing
they will not undertake.—Barbarians even, without letters,
know and repeat these verses upon thee, Helen:—“It is just
that both Greeks and Trojans should undergo long misfortunes
for the woman whose beauty equals that of immortal goddesses.”
There stood upon a column another woman of singular beauty,
apparently in the period of brilliant youth, whose hair descended
in tresses on each side of her face, and was fastened behind; she
occupied a situation but slightly elevated, so that she could be
touched by the hand. In the right hand, although the arm had
no support, this statue bore a horseman, whose horse she held by
one foot, and that apparently as easily as a cup of wine is carried.
This horseman, of a manly, noble bearing, clothed in his
cuirass, and with booted legs, seemed actually to breathe war.
The horse’s ears were raised as if he heard the sound of the
trumpet, his head elevated, his look fiery, and the ardour
painted in his eyes denoted his impatience for the course; his
feet, prancing in the air, seemed springing forward with a warlike
bound.
After this statue, next to the eastern boundary of the Quadriges,
called of the yellow faction, were placed statues of charioteers,
examples and models of the art of skilfully driving a
chariot. They appeared almost, by the disposition of their
hands, to warn charioteers, not to loosen the reins on approaching
the boundary; but to hold the horses with a tight hand
whilst turning, and to make a sharp and continual use of the
whip, so as to keep as close to the boundary as possible, and
leave the unskilful rival charioteer, to make too wide a sweep,
and lose the advantage, even with the best horses.
I will only add one particularity, for I have not undertaken to
describe everything. That which excited remarkable pleasure
and admiration, was a stone basis, upon which was placed an
animal in bronze, which might have been taken for an ox, but
that its tail was too small; like the oxen of Egypt, it had
not long dewlaps, and its hoofs were not cloven. It crushed
within its jaws, almost to the point of stifling it, another animal,
whose body was bristling with scales, so pointed, that although
of bronze, they would wound those who ventured to touch
them: this animal was supposed to be a basilisk, and the creature
it had seized, an aspick; but by others one was said to be
an ox from the banks of the Nile, and the other a crocodile. For
my part, I will not undertake to reconcile these opinions; I will
content myself with saying that they were engaged in a most
astonishing contest, and inflicted serious wounds upon each
other; for sometimes the more strong, sometimes the mere
weak, they were at the same time conquerors and conquered.
The animal, which many supposed to be a basilisk, was all swollen
from head to feet, and the poison circulating throughout its
body, and flowing through all its members, gave it a colour
greener than that of frogs,—a colour of death. It was upon its
knees, with languishing eyes, and appeared to have lost all
strength and vigour. It might have been believed even, that it
had long been dead, had not its hind legs, at least, still stood
firmly under it. The other animal which it held in its jaws, still
waved its tail a little, and opened its long mouth under the pressure
of the teeth which held and stifled it. It appeared to use
its utmost efforts to escape from the teeth and jaws which held
it so tenaciously, but could not succeed; for its body was fast
between the jaws, and transpierced by the teeth of its enemy
from the shoulders and the fore-feet to the part next to the tail.
It was thus they died, the one by the other; the combat was
mutual, the vengeance reciprocal, the victory equal, and the
death common.[149] For my part, I believe I may remark on this
subject, that it is not only in effigy, or among fierce and strong
animals, that beings wicked and fatal to man thus inflict a
mutual death upon each other; but that we often see nations,
which bring war to the Romans, destroy each other; which is an
effect of the power of Christ, who disperses nations that are
friends to war, who holds blood in horror, and shows the just
marching against the aspick and the basilisk, and trampling
under foot the lion and the dragon.
————
No. 28.
Letter to M. Michaud upon the Crusade of Children of 1212, by
M. Am. Jourdain.
The expedition beyond the seas, undertaken about 1212, and
composed entirely of children, if not one of the most striking
events of the crusades, certainly appears to me to be not one of
the least extraordinary. That institutions dictated by the spirit
of religion, and destined either to propagate our religion, or to
elevate its splendour, have not always found in their object a
preservative against the corruption attached to human beings, is
a truth established by numberless examples; but that fanaticism
or the genius of evil, should be sufficiently powerful to extinguish
in childhood the natural sentiment of its weakness, and draw it
away from its natural supports, to inspire it with this train of
ideas, this perseverance in resolutions, this accordance required
by every enterprise formed by a numerous concourse of individuals,
is what we can scarcely believe, although the memory of
the fact is preserved by several historians. Whoever is acquainted
with the taste of the middle ages for the marvellous,
and has only read the incomplete account of the modern
historians of the crusades, is at first tempted to range this expedition
among fabulous adventures; and to procure it any credit,
it is necessary to produce evidences worthy of our confidence.
In my first incredulity, I employed myself in collecting these
evidences; I offer them to you in this letter, monsieur, in order
to furnish, if possible, one trait more for the varied picture of
the errors of the human mind.
We must distinguish various circumstances in this strange
event; its date, the means which prepared it, the places that
witnessed it, and its issue. Although criticism has not sufficient
data to determine each of these points with precision, nevertheless
the chronicles of the middle ages furnish us with documents
sufficiently extensive to satisfy a prudent curiosity.
With regard to the date, contemporary historians all place
this crusade under the year 1212,[150] or 1213 at the latest.[151] It is
only by an error very easy to be reconciled, that others advance
it twelve years,[152] or put it back ten.[153]
As to the places that witnessed the birth and growth of such
an enterprise, it appears that the Crusaders belonged to two
nations, and formed two troops, which followed different routes:
one, leaving Germany, traversed Saxony and the Alps, and
arrived on the shores of the Adriatic Sea;[154] France furnished
the others, who, after collecting in the environs of Paris,
crossed Burgundy, and arrived at Marseilles, the place of
embarkation.[155]
Prestiges, fanaticism, the announcement of prodigies, were all
employed to rouse the youth of these countries, and put them
in motion. It was reported, according to Vincent de Beauvais
that the Old Man of the Mountain, who was accustomed to
educate arsacides from the tenderest age, detained two clerks
captives, and would only grant them their liberty upon condition
that they brought him back some young boys from France. The
opinion then was, that these children, deceived by false visions,
and seduced by the promises of these two clerks, marked themselves
with the sign of the cross.
The promoter of the crusade in Germany was a certain Nicolas,
a German by nation.[156] “This multitude of children,” says
Bezarre, “were persuaded, by the help of a false revelation, that
the drought would be so great that year, that the abysses of the
sea would be dry; and they went to Genoa, with the intention
of passing over to Jerusalem, across the arid bed of the Mediterranean.”
The composition of these troops corresponded with the means
employed to seduce them. There were children of all ages and
conditions, and of both sexes; some of them were not more
than twelve years old; they set out from villages and towns,
without leaders, without guides, without provisions, and with
empty purses. It was in vain their parents or friends thought
to dissuade them by showing them the folly of such an expedition:
the captivity to which they condemned them redoubled
their ardour; breaking through doors, or opening themselves
passages through walls, they succeeded in escaping, and went to
rejoin their respective bands. If they were questioned upon the
object of their voyage, they answered that they were going to
visit the holy places. Although a pilgrimage commenced under
such auspices, and stained with all sorts of excesses, must have
been an object of scandal rather than of edification, there were
people senseless enough to see in it an act of the all-powerful
God; men and women quitted their houses and their lands to
join these vagabond troops, believing they pursued the way of
salvation: others furnished them with money and food, thinking
they aided souls inspired by God, and guided by sentiments of
divine piety. The pope, when informed of their proceedings,
exclaimed, with a groan: “These children reproach us with
being buried in sleep, whilst they are flying to the defence of
the Holy Land.”[157] If some few of the clergy, endowed with a
little foresight, openly blamed this expedition, their censures
were at once attributed to motives of avarice and incredulity;
and, in order to avoid public contempt,[158] wisdom and prudence
were condemned to silence.
The event, however, proved that all which man undertakes
without employing the balance of reason and earnest reflection,
does not come to a fortunate issue; “for soon,” says Bishop
Sicard, “this multitude entirely disappeared:—quasi evanuit
universa.”
But we must carefully distinguish between the fate of the
German and that of the French Crusaders, although a part of
the latter directed their course towards Italy.
It required nothing beyond wearing the cross to be admitted
into the crusade; if the watchful care of princes and prelates in
expeditions directed by ecclesiastical and secular power could not
succeed in excluding from them men of bad morals, what sort of
people must have been mixed with a host got together without
the least care, and under the eye of no superior intelligence, the
greater part of whom fled, like the prodigal son, from the paternal
dwelling, in order to give themselves up, without restraint,
to their vicious inclinations? The account of Godfrey the Monk,
therefore, does not at all astonish us when he says that thieves
insinuated themselves among the German pilgrims, and disappeared
after having plundered them of their baggage and the
gifts the faithful had bestowed upon them. One of these thieves
being recognised at Cologne, ended his days on the rack. To
this first misfortune a crowd of evils quickly succeeded, the
necessary result of the want of foresight of the Crusaders. The
fatigue of a long journey, heat, disease, and want, swept away a
great number of them. Of those who arrived in Italy, some,
dispersing themselves over the country, and plundered by the
inhabitants, were reduced to servitude; others, to the amount of
seven thousand, presented themselves before Genoa. At first
the senate gave them permission to remain six or seven days in
the city; but reflecting afterwards upon the folly of the expedition,
fearing that such a multitude would produce famine, and,
above all, apprehending that Frederick, who was then in a state
of rebellion against the Holy See and at war with Genoa, might
take advantage of the circumstance to excite a tumult, they
ordered the Crusaders to depart from the city. Nevertheless, it
was a received opinion in the time of Bizarre, that the republic
granted the rights of citizenship to several of the young Germans
of this formidable body, who were distinguished by birth;
they acquired afterwards so much consideration, that they were
admitted into the order of patricians; “and it is from them,”
adds the same historian, “that several of the great families of
the present day derive their origin; among whom may be remarked
that of the Vivaldi.” The others, finding their error,
turned back towards their own country again; and these Crusaders,
who had been seen advancing in numerous troops, and
singing animating songs, returned singly, robbed of everything,
walking barefooted, undergoing the pangs of hunger, and subjected
to the scoffs and derision of the population of the cities
and countries they passed through: it is not to be wondered at,
that in such circumstances many young girls lost the chastity
which had been their ornament in their homes.
The Crusaders from France experienced a nearly similar fate:
a very slender portion of them returned: the rest either perished
in the waves or became an object of speculation for two Marseilles
merchants. Hugh Ferrers and William Porcus, so were
they named, carried on a trade with the Saracens, of which the
asle of young boys formed a considerable branch. No opportunity
for an advantageous speculation could be more favourable;
they offered to transport to the East all the pilgrims who arrived
at Marseilles, without any kind of charge for the voyage; assigning
piety as the motive for this act of generosity. This proposition
was joyfully accepted; and seven vessels, laden with these
pilgrims, set sail for the coast of Syria. At the end of two days,
when the ships were off the isle of St. Peter, near the rock of
the Recluse, a violent tempest arose, and the sea swallowed up
two of them, with all the passengers on board. The other five
arrived at Bugia and Alexandria, and the young Crusaders were
all sold to the Saracens or to slave-merchants.[159] The caliph
bought forty of them, all of whom were in orders, and caused
them to be brought up with great care in a place set apart for
the purpose: twelve of the others perished as martyrs, being
unwilling to renounce their religion. None of the clerks purchased
by the caliph, according to the account of one of them
who afterwards obtained his liberty, embraced the worship of
Mahomet: all faithful to the religion of their fathers, practised
it constantly in tears and slavery. Hugh and William having at
a later period formed the project of assassinating Frederick,
were discovered, and perished in an ignominious manner, with
three Saracens, their accomplices, receiving, in this miserable
end, the wages due to their treachery.
Pope Gregory IX. afterwards caused a church to be built in
the island of St. Peter, in honour of those who were shipwrecked,
and instituted twelve canonships to provide for the duties of it.
In the time of Alberic the spot was still pointed out where the
bodies cast up by the waves were buried.
As for the Crusaders who survived so many calamities, and
remained in Europe, with the exception of some old and infirm
persons, the pope would not release them from their vows; they
were obliged either to perform the pilgrimage at a maturer age,
or to redeem it by alms.
Such was the issue of this crusade, so justly designated by two
chronicles, expeditio nugatoria, expeditio derisoria.[160]
Two facts strike us as extraordinary in this account: the condition
attached by the Old Man of the Mountain to the liberty
of the clerk of whom Vincent of Beauvais speaks, and the trade
in children carried on by the merchants of Marseilles.
Upon the first point we can offer nothing but the opinion received
among the nations of the West. It was generally believed
in the thirteenth century, that the Old Man of the Mountain
kept up a connection with Christian Europe; several princes
were even accused of having had recourse to the daggers of his
assassins to get rid of their enemies. Frederick received ambassadors
from him in Sicily.[161] Roger Bacon complains bitterly
of the fascinations secretly employed by the Saracens to seduce
the young servants of Christ;[162] the name of Assassins had already
passed into the vulgar tongue in the thirteenth century, and was
the object of general terror. In spite, then, of the opinion of
some critics, a more extended examination than comes within the
scope of this letter is necessary, before we reject the account of
Vincent of Bauvais.
As to the trade in young boys, that is not at all a new fact;
many traces of it are to be found much anterior to this period.
The Greeks and Venetians practised it openly enough. Pope
Zacharias repurchased, in 748, many Christian slaves, who had
been taken away from Rome by Venetian merchants; the people
of Verdun, as witnessed by Lilprand, were about to sell to the
Arabs of Spain some young boys they had mutilated, and who
were to serve as guards to the women of seraglios.[163] Besides,
the fate of the young Crusaders who embarked at Marseilles,
and found degradation and slavery instead of the sacred soil
promised to their blind zeal, is attested by two contemporary
writers, worthy of perfect confidence: these are the illustrious
Thomas de Champré[164] and Roger Bacon.[165] I do not then perceive
any reasonable doubt that can be raised against this fact,
but I find in it a fresh example of human cupidity, which sacrifices,
in order to satisfy its cravings, that which nature and
religion hold most sacred.—Receive, Monsieur, &c. &c.
————
No. 29.
A Letter from Pope Innocent III.[166]
Now that motives more pressing than ever call Christians to
the assistance of the Holy Land, and that we have reason to
expect, from the present aid, more fortunate results than have
been hitherto obtained, we again raise our voice, and make you
to hear our cries in the name of Him who, when dying, cried
with a loud voice from the cross, and who carried obedience
towards God, his father, so far as to die upon the cross, crying
in order to drag us from the torments of an eternal death;
who cried also by himself, and said: “If any one desires to
come with me, let him entirely renounce himself, let him take
up his cross, and follow me.” This is as if he said in a
more manifest manner, Let him who desires to follow me to the
crown, follow me also to the fight, which is now proposed to
all to serve as a trial. There is no doubt that the Omnipotent
God was able, if it had been his will, to prevent this land falling
into the hands of the enemies; he is able even now, if it
were his will, to wrest it from them easily; since nothing
can resist his will. But as iniquity was carried almost to its
height, and as the zeal of charity was chilled in most, to arouse
his faithful servants from the sleep of death, and to recall to
them the desire of life, he offers this conflict to them, in order
to prove their faith, like gold in the crucible; offering to them
in this, an opportunity, nay more, an assured pledge of obtaining
salvation. For this, they who shall have fought valiantly for
him, shall obtain of him a crown of happiness; but they who,
in such a pressing necessity, shall have drawn back from the service
they owed to the glory of the Lord, will deserve to hear, at
the great day of judgment, their just condemnation pronounced.
What happy effects will this holy enterprise produce! How
many, turning towards penitence, will range themselves under
the standard of the cross, and will merit, by their efforts, a
crown of glory, who perhaps would have perished in their
iniquity, after having passed a life entirely consecrated to carnal
voluptuousness and to the frivolities of this world. This is an
old artifice of Jesus Christ, which he has deigned to repeat in
our days for the salvation of his faithful servants. In fact, if
any earthly monarch were driven by his enemies from his states,
would not, when he should have recovered them, such of his
vassals be condemned as infidels, and destined to all the punishments
which the greatly guilty deserve, as had not exposed for
his sake, not only their lives but their persons? In the same
manner the King of Kings, our Lord Jesus Christ, who has given
you a body and a soul, and all the other blessings you enjoy, will
condemn you as guilty of black ingratitude, and of the crime of
infidelity, if you fail to march to his succour at a time when he
is in a manner driven from the kingdom he has acquired by his
blood. Let whoever then shall refuse, in this pressing necessity,
to hasten to the help of his Redeemer, know that he will exhibit
a criminal hardness, and that he will be grievously guilty. If any
one should be unjustly deprived of a portion, however small, of
the heritage of his fathers, soon, according to the usages of the
world, he would labour with all his strength to have this injustice
repaired, and to repel this violence; and would spare neither
his person nor his property, until he had succeeded in regaining
all that he had lost. What excuse, then, can he bring who shall
have declined some trifling labours to punish offences committed
against his Redeemer, and avenge the outrages he has received;
and who, by sparing his person and his goods, prevents the
recovery of the places which witnessed the passion and the
resurrection of our Lord, in which God, our king, deigned, some
centuries ago, to operate, upon the earth, the salvation of men?
How, also, according to the divine precept, can he love his
neighbour as himself (as it is written), who knows that his brethren,
Christians in belief and in name, are groaning in the prisons
of the perfidious Saracens, and are suffering all the horrors
of the hardest captivity, and shall refuse to labour in an effective
manner for their deliverance, transgressing by this, this precept
of the natural law, which God has made known in his Gospel:
“Do unto other men that which you wish they should do unto
you.” Are you ignorant, that among these people, many thousands
of Christians groan in slavery and in chains, and are constantly
subject to the most cruel tortures? All the provinces
now in the power of the Saracens were inhabited by Christian
nations till after the time of St. Gregory; but towards that
period, there arose a child of perdition, a false prophet, named
Mahomet, who, by the attractions of the joys of this world, and
by the bait of carnal voluptuousness, found means to seduce a
great number and turn them aside from the path of truth. Although
his perfidy may have triumphed up to the present day,
we place, nevertheless, our confidence in the Lord, who has
hitherto so well inspired us, and we hope that we shall soon see
the end of this beast, of which, according to the Apocalypse of
St. John, “the number is included in six hundred and sixty-six.”
He will soon end by the operation of the Holy Ghost, who will
revive, with the fire of charity, the chilled hearts of the faithful;
and of these years, nearly six hundred have already passed away.
In addition to the other grave and considerable insults that the
perfidious Saracens have inflicted on our Redeemer on account
of our sins, lately, upon Mount Tabor, where he revealed to his
disciples the image of future glory, these same perfidious Saracens
have erected a fortress for the confusion of the Christian
name. They hope, by means of this fortress, easily to obtain
possession of the city of Acre, which is near to it, and afterwards
invade, without the least obstacle, the rest of the Holy Land,
almost entirely destitute of strength and means of defence. For
this, then, my dear children in Christ, change into sentiments of
peace and love your brotherly dissensions and discords, and let
every one of you hasten to range himself under the standard of
the cross, without hesitating to expose his person and his wealth
for Him who offered up his soul for you, and shed his blood for
you. March with security, upon this holy expedition, certain
that if you are truly repentant, this short and transient labour
will be for you a certain means of obtaining life eternal. For
us, depositaries of the Divine mercy, and to whom has been
transmitted the authority of the blessed St. Peter and St. Paul,
according to the power which, although we were unworthy of it,
God has given us to bind and unbind, we grant, to all who shall
undertake in person and at their own expense this meritorious
labour, the absolute pardon of their sins, after they shall heartily
have repented of them, and shall have confessed them by word of
mouth, and we give them the certain hope, by this means, of obtaining
more easily life everlasting. As for those who, without assisting
in person in the expedition, shall contribute to it by sending,
according to their rank and their means, men fit for the purpose,
in the same manner to those who shall go in person, although at
the expense of others, we grant to all pardon for their sins.
We grant the same pardon, in proportion with the extent of their
sacrifices and the fervour of their devotion, to those who shall
deprive themselves of a part of their worldly goods to provide
for the expenses of the enterprise. We equally take under the
protection of Saint Peter and of ourselves, the persons and the
property of the faithful, from the moment they shall receive the
sign of the cross; we place them under that of the archbishops
and bishops, and all the prelates of the Church; and we declare
that no infringement shall be made upon the possessions of the
absent, until certain intelligence be obtained of their death or of
their return. If any one shall make an attempt to do so, he
shall be cited before the prelates of the Church, and shall be
subjected to ecclesiastical censure. If it should happen, moreover,
that any one of those who are disposed to set out for the
Holy Land, should be obliged, by oath to pay any usurious
amounts, we enjoin the prelates of the Church, to employ the
same means to force their creditors to liberate them from their
oath, and to desist from their usurious demands; and if it
should happen that any one of these creditors should undertake
to force his debtor to the payment of the usuries, let him incur
the same censure, and be forced to make restitution. As for the
Jews, we order that they be forced, by the secular power, to
make remission of all usury to them who are going to the Holy
Land; and, until they have made that remission, they shall be
deprived, by means of excommunication, of all kinds of commerce
with Christians. But in order that the succour furnished
to the Holy Land should become less burdensome and more
easy, from being levied upon a greater number, we beg all the
faithful in general, and every one individually, in the name of
the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, the only true, the only
Eternal God, demanding in the name of Jesus Christ and for
Jesus Christ, of all archbishops, bishops, abbots, and priors; of
all chapters of churches, whether cathedral or conventual; of all
clerks, as well as of all cities, towns, and villages, to furnish each,
according to their faculties, the required number of warriors,
with everything necessary for their support for three years. If,
for this purpose, each individual contribution should appear insufficient,
several should be joined together; for we entertain
no doubt that enough persons will present themselves, if the
means be not wanting. We particularly request kings, princes,
counts, barons, and other wealthy men who do not assist in the
expedition in person, to contribute their part according to their
means. As to maritime cities, we require of them the assistance
of vessels. And for fear that we should appear to impose heavy
and serious burdens upon others, which we are unwilling to put
our hand to ourselves, we declare in our conscience, and before
God, that all which we require of others we will eagerly do ourselves.
We have thought it our duty to state, with respect to
the clerks who shall form part of the expedition, that, all contestation
ceasing, they may, to that effect, pledge the revenues of
their benefices for three years. But as the succour which the
Holy Land requires may meet with many obstacles and delays,
if, before conferring the cross upon every one, it were necessary
to stop to examine if he were capable of performing personally
all the obligations imposed by such a vow, we consent that, regulars
excepted, all who desire it shall take the cross; and that, if
reasons of a pressing necessity, or of an evident utility require
it, their vow may be, in virtue of an apostolic mandatory letter,
changed, redeemed, or deferred; and, for the same reason, we
revoke the pardons and indulgences granted by us, up to this day,
to those who offered to march against the Moors in Spain, or against
the heretics of Provence; particularly as they were granted to
them for a time which is now entirely passed away, and for reasons
which, in a great degree, have ceased to exist. For, with the grace
of God, these affairs have so progressed, that they no longer
require active measures; and if, by chance, they should again
require them, we should take care quickly to turn our attention
towards them. We grant, however, that the Provençals and
Spaniards should still enjoy these indulgences. Moreover, as
corsairs and pirates greatly impede the measures taken for the
succour of the Holy Land, by seizing and plundering those who
are going thither, we excommunicate them, as well as their
principal accomplices and abettors; forbidding under pain of
anathema, any person, wittingly, to treat with them for any sale
or any purchase, and enjoining the governors of cities and places
which they inhabit, to reclaim them from this trade of iniquity,
and put an end to their brigandages. Besides, as not being willing
to trouble the wicked is nothing else but encouraging them;
and as this is not foreign to the manœuvres of a secret society
which neglects to oppose these manifest crimes, we cannot
refrain from employing ecclesiastical severity against the persons
and the property of those who shall be in this condition; because
they would become no less dangerous to the Christian name
than the Saracens themselves. Moreover, we renew the sentence
of excommunication, passed in the Council of the Lateran,
against those who supply the Saracens with armour and weapons,
or serve as pilots to the corsairs of those nations; we declare
also that they shall be deprived of all they possess, and shall
remain in slavery, if they chance to fall into it. We order
that this sentence be published in all maritime cities, every Sunday
and festival. But as we have much more to look for from
divine clemency than from human power, we must, in such a
conjuncture, contend less with corporeal arms than with spiritual
arms; therefore we order and decree, that once in every month
there shall be made, separately, a general procession of men, and
in the same manner separately, as much as possible, one of
women, during which, with minds filled with the spirit of humility,
all will ask, with fervent prayers, that it may please the
divine mercy to remove from us opprobrium and confusion, by
delivering from the hands of pagans, that land upon which all
the mysteries of our redemption were effected, and by restoring
it, for the glory of the Omnipotent, to the Christian people.
Care must always be taken, in these processions, to make a fervent
exhortation to the people, and to repeat to them the name
of the sign of our salvation. To prayer must be added fasting
and charity, in order that they may be like wings to prayer, and
carry it more easily and more promptly to the pious ears of the
Eternal, who will listen to us with kindness in his own good time.
Every day, likewise, at the solemn mass, after the kiss of peace,
at the moment in which the salutary host, offered for the sins of
the world, is upon the point of being consumed, all present, men
as well as women, shall prostrate themselves humbly to the earth,
and the clerks shall sing with a loud voice, the psalm, Deus
venerunt gentes in hæreditatem tuam; to which they shall add:
Exurgat Deus et dissipentur inimici ejus; et fugiant à facie
ejus qui oderunt eum. Then the officiating priest shall sing with
a loud voice upon the altar, the prayer, Deus qui admirabile,
&c. In churches in which the general procession shall assemble,
care shall be taken to place a tronc, which shall be fastened with
three keys, one of which shall remain in the hands of an honest
priest, another in those of a devout layman, and the third in
those of a monk, that they may be faithfully taken care of. It
is in these troncs that clerks, laymen, men, and women shall
deposit the alms destined for the aid of the Holy Land, according
to the dispositions of those to whom these cares shall have
been confided. As to the departure and the voyage, which
should be made with modesty and order, we will, as yet, state
nothing regarding them until the army of the Lord shall have
taken the cross. But as all the circumstances are now prepared
for, we will make all the arrangements which may appear necessary,
aided by the counsels of wise and prudent men. To this
effect, we have chosen our beloved son De Sales, the late abbots
of Novo Castro, C. dean of Spire, and the guardian of the
Augustines, all men of probity and known fidelity, who, after
having associated themselves with other worthy and honest men,
shall regulate and dispose, in our name, all that they shall deem
necessary for the success of this enterprise, causing their orders
to be faithfully and carefully executed by men fit for the business
and specially appointed to it. This, therefore, is why we
pray you all, we supplicate and conjure you, in the name of the
Lord, command you by this present apostolic letters, and enjoin
you by the authority of the Holy Ghost, to take care to prove,
on every occasion, to these legates of Jesus Christ, by your
eagerness to furnish them with all things necessary, that they
will find, by you and in you, the means of attaining the so much
desired end.
————
No. 30.
Poetry of the Troubadours for the Crusades.
See how great is the folly of him who remains here! Does
not Jesus command his apostles to follow him, and that he who
should follow him should leave his friends and his wealthy
abode? The time is come to obey this order: he who dies beyond
the seas is more happy than if he lived; and he who lives
on this side of them is more unfortunate than if he died. What
is a cowardly, shameful life worth? Ah! he who dies generously
triumphs over death itself, and lives again in felicity.
*******
Let him cease to boast of being brave, the knight who does not
arm to succour both the cross and the sacred tomb! Yes, with
rich equipments, with valour, with courtesy, and with all that is
fair and irreproachable, we cannot obtain glory and happiness in
paradise. What more could counts and kings require, if, by
honourable deeds, they could redeem themselves from hell and
from fire eternal, in which so many wretches would live tormented
for ever?
Whoever is forced by old age or sickness to remain at home,
let him give his money to those who are willing to take arms: it
is a good deed to send another in your place; particularly when
you are not kept back by cowardice. Ah! at the day of judgment,
what will they answer who have remained at home? God
will appear, and will say: “False men! men full of cowardice!
for your sakes I died, for your sakes I was scourged.” Then,
the just man himself, will he be without fear?—(Pons de Capducil:
Er nos sia.)
I would that the king of France and the king of England
were at peace! Certes, God would greatly honour him of the
two who should consent the first, and would never forget his
merits. Yes, that king would be crowned in heaven. Ah! why
are the king of Apulia and the emperor not friends and brothers,
until the holy tomb be recovered? Are they ignorant that the
pardon they grant here, they themselves shall obtain at the day
of the great judgment?—(Pons de Capducil: En honor.)
What mourning! what despair! what tears! when God shall
say, “Go, wretches, go into hell, where you shall be tormented
for ever in tortures, in agonies. This is your punishment for
not having believed that I underwent a cruel passion: I died for
you, and you have forgotten it.” But they who, in the crusade,
shall meet with death, will be able to say, “And we, Lord, we
died for thee.”—(Folquet de Romans: Quan lo dous.)
To-day will the brave, the gallant, and the courageous show
themselves; it will be their audacity and their bravery that
will distinguish them: this is the moment to display skill and
valour. God calls, he himself calls, he chooses true knights, he
who knows them, and he rejects the base who are wanting in
courage and faith: it is the valiant alone whom his mercy will
distinguish.—(Pierre d’Auvergne: Lo Senhor.)
The time is come, the day is arrived, in which it will be put
to the test who are the men worthy of serving the Eternal: he
calls, but he only calls upon the gallant and the brave. They
shall be ever his, who, knowing faithfully how to suffer, devote
themselves, and fight, shall be full of frankness, generosity,
courtesy, and loyalty. Let the cowardly and the avaricious
remain where they are; God only wants the good: he is willing
that they should save themselves by their own high deeds.
What a worthy and glorious salvation!
If ever William Malespine appeared brave among us, he has
now furnished God himself with the proof of it; he took the
cross the first, he took the cross voluntarily, to deliver the holy
sepulchre and the sacred heritage. What shame! how wrong
it is of the kings and the emperor that they do not deign to
conclude treaties and truces with one another, in order to be
able to succour the kingdom of the law, the holy light, and the
tomb and the cross which the Turks have so long retained. The
repetition alone of this disaster overwhelms us with profound
sadness—(Aimerie de Peguilhan: Evas pana.)
It will soon be known what gallant men entertain the noble
ambition of meriting the glory of this world and the glory of
God. Yes, they may obtain the one and the other, they who
devote themselves to the pious pilgrimage to deliver the holy
tomb. Great God, what grief! the Turks have assailed and
profaned it! Let us be sensible, even to the depths of our hearts,
of this mortal disgrace; let us clothe ourselves with the sign of
the Crusaders, let us pass over the seas; we have a safe and
courageous guide, the sovereign pontiff Innocent himself.
Yes, every one is invited thither, every one is required; let
every one march forward and cross himself in the name of that
God who was crucified between two thieves, when he was so
unjustly condemned by the Jews. If we still set a value on
loyalty and bravery, we must fear the opprobrium of leaving
Christ thus disinherited; but we love, we wish for that which
is evil, and despise that which would be good and useful. But
what! life, in our countries, is for us, nothing but a continual
danger; and death, in the Holy Land, is for us eternal happiness.
Ah! ought we to hesitate to suffer death in the service of
God, of that God who deigned to suffer for our deliverance!
Yes, they shall be saved with St. Andrew, they who shall march
towards Mount Tabor: let no one feel dread in the passage of
this fleshly death. That which is to be feared is spiritual death,
which delivers us up to the place where there shall be weeping
and gnashing of teeth, as St. Matthew shows and assures us.
Signor, saciez-tu or ne s’en ira
En cele terre u diex fu mors et vis,
Et ki la crois d’outre mer ne prendra
A paines mais ira en Paradis:
Ki a en soi pitié et ramembrance
Au haut Seignor, doit guerre sa vengeance,
Et delivrer sa terre et son pays....
Or s’en iront cil vaillant bacheler
Ki aiment Dieu et l’oneur de cest mont
Ki sagement voilent à Dieu aler,
Et li morveux, li cendreus demourront:
Avugle sunt, de ce ne dont je mie,
Ki au secours ne font Dieu en sa vie
Et por si poc pert la gloire del mont.
Diex se laissa per nos en crois pener;
Et nous dira au jour où tuit venront:
“Vos, ki ma crois m’aidâtes à porfer,
Vos en irez là où li angele sont;
Là me verrez, et ma Mère Marie;
Et vos, par qui je n’oi onques aie,
Descendez tuit en enfer le parfont.”[167]
—Thibault, king of Navarre. He took the cross in 1236; he set out
from Marseilles in the month of August, 1238 or 1239.
————
No. 31.
Upon the Funeral Ceremonies of the Prussians.
When a man, particularly a noble, died, he was placed upon
a seat in the midst of his family and his friends, who said to
him, “Hilloa! hadst thou not a comfortable house and a handsome
wife, why didst thou die? Hadst thou not large flocks,
horses of speed, and dogs of sure scent? What has driven thee
from the world?” They then spread out the riches of the dead
man, asking him the same questions; and as he made them no
answer, those who were present charged him with messages to
their deceased friends and relations.[168] They made the defunct
funeral presents: for the men, this was a sword, to defend them
against their enemies; for the women, it was a needle and thread,
with which they might mend their clothes during their long
voyage. The poor were buried, the rich were consumed upon a
funeral pile.[169] The relations accompanied the convoy on horseback,
sword in hand, uttering cries to drive away evil spirits.
When arrived at the place of the ceremony, the cortège went
three times round the pile, repeating these words: “Hilloa!
why hast thou quitted life?” With the dead they burnt household
goods, horses, dogs, falcons, everything which had ministered
to the wants or pleasures of the deceased upon earth;
sometimes even the wives, and the slaves who were attached to
him, were cast into the lighted pile. Panegyrists, whom they
called talissons[170] and ligastons, pronounced the eulogy of the
dead; and whilst the flames ascended towards the heavens, they
fancied they beheld him in the clouds, mounted upon a white
horse, clad in brilliant armour, holding three stars in the right
hand, a falcon on the left hand, and advancing towards another
world in all the splendour of power and glory.
————
No. 32.
Letter from the Count of Artois upon the taking of Damietta.
To his very excellent and very dear mother, Blanche, by the
grace of God, illustrious queen of France, Robert, Count
d’Artois, her devoted son, salutation, filial piety, and a will
always obedient to hers. As you take much interest in our
prosperity, in that of ours and of the Christian people, when you
shall learn them with certainty, your excellence will no doubt
rejoice to know that the lord, our brother and king, the queen
and her sister, and ourselves also, are enjoying, thanks to God,
perfect health. We ardently desire that you may be in the
enjoyment of the like. Our dear brother, the Count of Anjou,
is still afflicted with his quartan fever, but it is less violent than
it was. The lord, our brother, with the barons and pilgrims who
passed the winter in the isle of Cyprus, assembled on board their
vessels, at the port of Limisso, on the evening of the Ascension,
in order to proceed against the enemies of the Christian faith.
After much labour, and much opposition on the part of the winds,
they arrived, under the guardianship of God, on the Friday after
Trinity, and towards mid-day, upon the coast, where, having cast
anchor, they assembled in the king’s vessel, to deliberate upon
what was to be done. As they saw before them Damietta, and
the port guarded by a great multitude of barbarians, on horseback
as well as on foot, and the mouth of the river covered with a
great number of armed vessels, it was resolved that on the following
day, all should land with our lord the king.
On the morrow, the Christian army, leaving the large vessels,
descended into the galleys and small boats. Full of confidence
in the mercy of God, and in the succour of the holy cross, which
the legate carried near the king, they directed their course
towards the shore and against the enemy, who launched a great
number of arrows against them. Nevertheless, as the small
boats, on account of the too great depth of the sea, could not
gain the shore, the Christian army, leaving their boats to the
care of Providence, threw themselves into the sea, and gained
land, although loaded with their armour. Although a multitude
of Turks defended the shores against the Christians, nevertheless,
thanks to our Lord Jesus Christ, the latter made themselves
masters of it without loss, and killed a great number of
the horse and foot soldiers, and some, as we hear, of great name.
The Saracens retreated into the city, which was well fortified by
the river, its walls and strong towers; but the All-Powerful Lord
gave it up, on the next day, which was the octave of the Trinity,
to the Christian army; the Saracens flying away, after having
abandoned it. This was done by the favour of God alone.
Know that these same Saracens have left the city full of provisions
of all kinds, and of machines of war. The Christian
army, after having fully supplied itself, left half for the provisioning
of the city. The king, our lord, has sojourned there
with his army, and, during his sojourn, has caused to be brought
from the vessels all he requires. We have thought it best to
remain here till the retreat of the waters of the Nile, which will,
as we hear, inundate the country, and would cause great losses
in the Christian army.
The countess of Anjou was confined in the isle of Cyprus, of
a fine well-made boy, whom she has left at nurse there. Given
at the camp of Jamas, in the year of our Lord 1249, in the
month of June, and on the eve of St. John the Baptist.
————
No. 33.
Letter of St. Louis upon his Captivity and Deliverance.
Louis, by the grace of God, king of the French, to his
beloved and faithful prelates, barons, warriors, citizens, burgesses,
and all the other inhabitants of his kingdom, to whom
these present letters may come, salutation!
For the honour and glory of the name of God, desiring, with
all our soul, to pursue the enterprise of the crusade, we have
thought proper to inform you all that after the taking of Damietta,
which our Lord Jesus Christ, by his ineffable mercy, as by
miracle, gave up to the power of the Christians, as you have no
doubt learnt, by the advice of our council, we set out from that
city the 20th day of the month of November last. Our armies of
land and sea were united; we marched against that of the
Saracens, which was gathered together, and encamped in a
place vulgarly called Mansourah. During our march, we sustained
the attack of the enemy, who constantly experienced considerable
loss. Upon one day among others, many men belonging
to the Egyptian army, who came to attack ours, were
killed. We learnt by the way that the Sultan of Cairo had just
terminated his unhappy life; that before dying he sent for his
son, who was in the eastern provinces, and made all the officers
of his army take the oath of fidelity to this prince; and that he
had left the command of all his troops to one of his emirs,
named Fakr-eddin. Upon our arrival at the spot I have named,
we found the news true. It was on the Thursday before the
festival of Christmas that we arrived there; but we were not
able to approach the Saracens, on account of a stream of water,
which was between the two armies, called the river Thanis, a
stream which separates itself at this spot from the great river of
the Nile. We placed our camp between these two rivers, and
it extended from the greater to the lesser one. We had there
some engagements with the Saracens, who had many of their
men killed by the swords of ours, but a great number of them
were drowned in the waters. As the Thanis was not fordable, on
account of the deepness of its waters, and the height of its
banks, we began to throw a causeway across it, in order to open
a passage for the Christian army; we worked at it for many
days with great labour, dangers, and expense. The Saracens
opposed all the efforts of our toil: they built machines to act
against our machines; and they broke to pieces with stones, and
burned with their Greek fire the towers and timbers which we
placed upon the causeway. We had almost lost all hope of passing
over by means of the causeway, when a Saracen fugitive informed
us of a ford by which the Christian army might cross the
river. Having called together our barons, and the principal
leaders of the army, on the Monday before Ash-Wednesday, it
was resolved that on the following day, that is to say, the day of
Carême penant (three days before Lent), we should repair early
in the morning to the place pointed out for crossing the river,
leaving a small part of the army to guard the camp. The next
day, having ranged our troops in order of battle, we proceeded
to the ford, and crossed the river, not without incurring great
dangers; for the ford was deeper and more difficult than it had
been represented to us. Our horses were obliged to swim, and
it was not easy to get out of the river, on account of the elevation
of the banks, which were besides very muddy. When
we had crossed the river, we arrived at the place where the
Saracens had raised machines in face of our causeway. Our
vanguard, attacking the enemy, killed a vast many people, and
spared neither sex nor age. Among the number, the Saracens
lost a general and several emirs. Our troops having afterwards
dispersed themselves over the country, some of our soldiers
passed through the camp of the enemy, and arrived at the village
named Mansourah, killing all they met with; but the
Saracens perceiving the imprudence of our men, resumed their
courage, and fell upon them, surrounding them on all sides, and
overwhelming them with numbers. A great carnage ensued of
our barons and warriors, ecclesiastics as well as others, whom we
have with reason deplored, and whose loss we still continue to
deplore. There we lost also our brave and illustrious brother,
the count d’Artois, worthy of eternal remembrance. It is with
bitterness of heart we recall the memory of that painful loss,
although we ought to rejoice at it; for we believe and hope that
having received the crown of martyrdom, he is gone into the
heavenly country, and that he there enjoys the reward accorded
to holy martyrs. On that day the Saracens pouring down upon
us from all parts, and piercing our troops with showers of
arrows, we withstood their fierce assaults till the ninth hour,
although we were entirely without the assistance of our cross-bowmen.[171]
In the end, after having a great number of our warriors
and horses killed and wounded, with the help of our Lord,
we preserved our position, and having rallied, we went that same
day and pitched our tents close to the machines of the Saracens.
We remained there with a small number of our people, and made
a bridge of boats, that those who were on the other side of the
river might come to us. The next day many of them crossed,
and encamped near us. Then the machines of the Saracens
being destroyed, our soldiers were able to go and come freely,
and safely, from one army to the other, over the bridge of
boats. On the following Friday, the children of perdition
having collected their forces from all parts, with the intention of
exterminating the Christian army, came to attack our lines, with
much audacity, and with infinite numbers. The shock was so
terrible on both sides, that it is said never was such a one beheld
on these shores. With the help of God, we stood our ground on
all sides; we repulsed the enemy, and made a great number of
them fall beneath our blows. At the end of a few days, the son
of the late Sultan, returning from the eastern provinces, arrived
at Mansourah. The Egyptians received him as their master,
and with transports of joy. His arrival redoubled their courage;
but from that moment, we know not by what judgment of God,
everything on our side went contrary to our desires. A contagious
disease broke out in our army, and carried off men and
animals, in such a manner that there were very few who had not to
regret companions or attend upon the sick. The Christian army
was, in a very short time, much diminished. There was such a
scarcity of food, that many died of want and hunger; for the
boats of Damietta could not bring to the army the provisions
embarked upon the river, because the vessels of pirates and of
the enemy cut off the passage. They even captured many of our
boats, and afterwards took, successively, two caravans, which were
bringing us provisions, and killed a great number of sailors and
others who formed part of it. The extreme scarcity of food and
forage spread desolation and terror throughout the army, and
with the losses we had experienced, forced us to quit our position,
and to return to Damietta, if it were the will of God; but
as the ways of man are not within himself, but in Him who
directs his steps, and disposes all things according to his will,
whilst we were on the road, that is to say, the 5th of the month
of April, the Saracens, having got together all their forces,
attacked the Christian army, and by the permission of God, and
on account of our sins, we fell into the power of the enemy. We
and our dear brothers, the counts of Anjou and Poictiers, and
the others who were returning with us by land, were all taken
prisoners. The greater part of those who were returning by the
river were, in the same manner, either taken prisoners or killed.
The vessels on which they were aboard were mostly burnt with
the sick who were in them. Some days after our captivity, the
sultan proposed a truce to us; he demanded earnestly, but
without threats, that Damietta and all that it contained should
be given up to him without delay; and that he should be indemnified
for all the losses and all the expenses he had incurred up
to that day, from the moment the Christians entered Damietta.
After many conferences, we concluded a truce with him for ten
years, on the following conditions:—
The sultan will deliver from prison, and allow to go whither
we will, ourselves and all that have been made prisoners since
our arrival in Egypt, and all other Christians, of whatever
country they may be, who have been made prisoners since the
sultan Kamel, grandfather of the present sultan, made a truce
with the emperor; the Christians retaining in peace all the lands
they possessed in the kingdom of Jerusalem, at the time of our
arrival. On our part, we consent to give up Damietta, with
eight hundred thousand Saracen byzants, for the liberty of the
prisoners, and for the losses and expenses of which we have just
spoken (we have already paid four hundred), and to deliver
all Saracen prisoners which the Christians have made since we
have been in Egypt, as well as those who had been made captives
in the kingdom of Jerusalem, since the truce concluded
between the aforesaid sultan and the aforesaid emperor. All
our household goods, and those of all others who were at
Damietta, shall be, after our departure, placed under the care of
the sultan, and be transported into the country of the Christians
when an opportunity shall offer itself. All the Christian sick,
and those who shall remain at Damietta to sell what they possess
there, shall be in equal safety, and shall depart either
by land or by sea, when they shall please, without obstacle or
molestation.—The sultan was bound to give safe conduct to the
countries of the Christians to those who should wish to depart
by land.
This truce, concluded with the sultan, had just been sworn to
on both sides, and the sultan had already set forward on his
march to go with his army to Damietta, and fulfil the conditions
which had been stipulated, when, by a judgment of God, some
Saracen warriors, doubtless with the connivance of the greater
part of the army, rushed upon the sultan at the moment he was
rising from table, and wounded him severely. The sultan, in
spite of this, came out of his tent, hoping to be able to escape by
flight; but he was killed by sword-cuts, in presence of almost all
the emirs, and of a multitude of other Saracens. After this
many Saracens, in the first moments of their fury, came with
arms in their hands to our tent, as if they wished, and as many
among us feared, to slay both us and the other Christians; but
divine clemency having calmed their fury, they pressed us to
execute the conditions of the truce. Their words and their requests
were, however, mingled with terrible threats: at last, by
the will of God, who is the father of mercies, the consoler of the
afflicted, and who listens to the lamentations of his servants, we
confirmed by a new oath the truce which we had made with the
sultan. We received from all, and from each one in particular
of them, a similar oath, sworn according to their law, to observe
the conditions of the truce. The time was fixed for the giving up
of the prisoners and the city of Damietta. It had not been without
difficulty that we agreed with the sultan for the giving up of
that place; it was not without difficulty again that we agreed
afresh with the emirs. As we could have no hopes of holding
it, after what we were told by those who came back from
Damietta, and who knew the true state of things; by the advice
of the barons of France, and of many others, we judged it would
be better for Christendom, that we and the other prisoners
should be delivered by means of a truce, than to retain that city
with the remains of the Christians that were in it, ourselves and
the others remaining prisoners, exposed to all the dangers of
such a captivity. For this reason, on the day fixed, the emirs
received the city of Damietta, after which they set us at liberty,
ourselves, our brothers, the counts of Flanders, Brittany, and
Soissons, and many other barons and warriors of the kingdoms
of France, Jerusalem, and Cyprus. We had then a firm hope
that they would render up and deliver all the other Christians,
and that, according to the tenor of the treaty, they would keep
their oaths.
This done, we quitted Egypt; after having left the persons
charged to receive the prisoners from the hands of the Saracens,
and to take care of the things we could not bring away, for want
of vessels to convey them in. Upon our arrival here, we sent
vessels and commissaries into Egypt, to bring away the prisoners;
for the deliverance of these prisoners is the object of all our
solicitude; and the other things which we had left behind, such
as the machines, arms, tents, a certain number of horses, and
several other articles; but the emirs detained our commissaries
a long time at Cairo, to whom they have, at length, only delivered
four hundred prisoners out of twelve thousand that there are in
Egypt. Some of these were only liberated upon the payment of
money. As to the other things, the emirs would restore nothing;
but what is most odious, after the truce concluded and sworn to,
according to the account of our commissaries and captives worthy
of credit, who have returned from that country, they have chosen
from among their prisoners some young men, whom they have
forced, the sword held over their heads, to abjure the Catholic
faith, and embrace the law of Mahomet, which many have had
the weakness to do; but others, like courageous athletes, rooted
in their faith, and constantly persisting in their firm resolution,
have not been moved by either the threats or the blows of the
enemies, and have received the crown of martyrdom. Their blood,
we do not doubt, cries to the Lord for the Christian people;
they will be, in the heavenly court, our advocates before the
Sovereign Judge; and they will be more useful to us in that
country than if we had been able to keep them upon earth. The
Mussulmans likewise slaughtered many Christians who were left
sick in Damietta. Although we should have observed the conditions
of the treaty that we have made with them, and were
always ready to observe them, we had no certainty of seeing the
Christian prisoners delivered, or of having that restored which
belonged to us. When the truce was concluded, and our
deliverance had taken place, we had a firm confidence that the
country beyond the sea, occupied by the Christians, would remain
in a state of peace until the expiration of the truce; and we
had both the desire and the intention to return to France. We
were already making preparations for our passage; but when we
clearly perceived, by that which we have just related, that the
emirs were openly violating the truce, and, in contempt of their
oath, did not fear to make a sport of us and Christendom, we
assembled the barons of France, the prelates, the knights of the
Temple, of the Hospital, of the Teutonic order, and the barons
of the kingdom of Jerusalem, and we consulted with them upon
what was best to be done. The greater number were of opinion
that if we were to return at this moment, and abandon this
country, which we were upon the point of losing, it would be
exposing it entirely to the attacks of the Saracens, particularly
in the state of misery and weakness to which it was reduced,
and we might consider the deliverance of the Christian prisoners
now in the power of the enemy, as lost and hopeless. If, on the
contrary, we remained, we had hopes that time would bring
about something favourable, such as the deliverance of the captives,
the preservation of the castles, and the fortresses of the
kingdom of Jerusalem, and other advantages for Christendom;
particularly as discord had sprung up between the sultan of
Aleppo and those who governed at Cairo. The sultan has
already, after gathering together his armies, got possession of
Damascus, and some castles belonging to the sovereign of Cairo.
It is said he is about to come into Egypt, to avenge the death of
the sultan, whom the emirs killed, and to make himself master,
if he can, of all the country. In consequence of these considerations
and compassionating the miseries and degradation of the
Holy Land, we who came to succour it, pitying the captivity
and the sorrows of our prisoners, although many dissuade us
from remaining longer beyond the seas, we have preferred putting
off our passage, and continuing still some time in Syria, to
abandoning entirely the cause of Christ, and leaving our
prisoners exposed to so many and such great dangers. But we
have determined upon sending back into France our dear
brothers, the counts of Poictiers and Anjou, for the consolation
of our dear lady and mother, and of the whole kingdom. As all
those who bear the name of Christian ought to be filled with
zeal for the enterprise we have formed, and you in particular,
who are descended from the blood of those whom the Lord chose
as a privileged people, for the conquest of the Holy Land, which
you ought to look upon as your property, we invite you all to
serve Him who served you upon the cross, shedding his blood
for your salvation; for this criminal nation, in addition to the
blasphemies they vomited in the presence of Christian people
against the Creator, beat the cross with rods, spat upon it, and
trampled it under-foot, in hatred of the Christian faith.
Courage, then, soldiers of Christ! arm, and be ready to avenge
these outrages and these affronts. Take example of your ancestors,
who distinguished themselves among all nations by their
devotion, by the sincerity of their faith, and filled the universe
with the fame of their noble actions. We have gone before you
in the service of God. Come and join us. Although you arrive
late, you will receive from the Lord the recompense which the
father of the family, in the Gospel, accorded without distinction
to the labourers who came to labour in the vineyard at the end
of the day, as to the labourers who came at the beginning of it.
They who shall come, or who shall send succour whilst we are
here, will obtain, in addition to the indulgences promised to
Crusaders, the favour of God and of man. Make, then, your
preparations, and let them whom the virtue of the Most High
shall inspire to either come themselves or send assistance, be
ready by the month of April or of May next. As for such as
cannot be prepared for the first passage, let them at least be in
a situation to make that which will take place about the festival
of St. John. The nature of the enterprise requires promptness,
and every delay must produce fatal consequences. For you,
prelates and others, faithful servants of Christ, help our cause
with the Most High by the fervour of your prayers; order it so
that this be done in all places under your direction, so that they
may obtain for us from divine clemency the blessings of which
our sins render us unworthy.
Done at Acre, the year of our Lord 1250, in the month of
August
————
No. 34.
A List of the Great Officers or Knights who followed St. Louis to Tunis,
according to Agreements entered into between them and the King, in the
year 1269, as set forth in the Manuscript from which this List is taken;
which Manuscript was inherited by M. Malet de Graville, formerly
Admiral, and was printed at the end of the Preface to the History of St.
Louis, by Joinville, edition of the Louvre.
Monseigneur de Valery is to go himself, and thirty knights,
and the king is to give him eight thousand livres Tournois, and
he is to have food for his horses of the king during the passage;
but they shall not be fed at court (n’auront pas bouche à court),
and shall remain a year, he and his people, which year shall
commence as soon as they shall have arrived on dry land; and
if it should so happen that by agreement or by the accidents of
the sea they should sojourn in some island with the king, by
which they should remain with the sea behind them, the year
shall commence with their sojourn, and the knights must be paid
half of their dues when the year begins, and the other half when
the first half shall have passed away; and if it be required to
know what shall be allowed to each banneret, it is to be two
horses; and to each knight not a banneret, one horse; and the
horses to carry the groom who shall take care of them; so that
grooms have six horses each in charge.[172] The constable shall go
likewise, he and fifteen knights, upon the same condition as the
sieur de Valery, but he shall only receive four thousand livres
Tournois of the king.
Monseigneur Florent de Varannes, the admiral, shall go also
upon the same conditions, himself and twelve knights, and shall
receive of the king three thousand two hundred livres Tournois.
Monsieur Raoul d’Estrées, the marshal, shall go also on the
same conditions, himself and six knights, and shall receive
sixteen hundred livres Tournois.
Monseigneur Launcelot de St. Marc, marshal, shall go on the
same conditions, himself and five knights, and shall have fourteen
hundred livres Tournois.
Monsieur Pierre de Moleines shall go, himself and five
knights, on the same conditions, except that he and his companions
shall eat at court, and shall receive of the king fourteen
hundred livres Tournois, and four hundred livres as a gift.
Monsieur Collart de Moleines, his brother, shall go on the
same conditions, and in the same manner as Monsieur Pierre,
his brother.
Monsieur Gilles de la Tournerelle shall go, himself and four
knights, on the same conditions, and shall eat at court.
Monsieur Malry de Roie shall go, himself and eight knights,
on these same conditions, and shall eat at court, and shall have two
thousand livres, and two hundred livres separately for himself.
Monsieur Gerard de Mortroise shall go, himself and ten
knights, to receive three thousand livres Tournois.
Monsieur Raoul de Neele, himself and fifteen knights, to
receive four thousand livres Tournois, and shall eat at their own
expense (à son hostel).
Monseigneur Almaury de Meulane, himself and fifteen
knights, four thousand livres Tournois, and shall eat at their
own expense.
Monsieur Ausoat d’Offemont, himself and ten knights, twenty-six
hundred livres Tournois, and shall eat at the expense of the
king (en l’hostel du roy).
Raoul de Flamant, six knights; Baldwin de Longueval, four
knights; Louis de Beangen, ten knights; Jean de Ville, four
knights; Malry de Tournelle, four knights; William de Courtenay,
ten knights; William de Patay, himself and his brother,
with many others, all receiving pay in proportion to the number
of their knights, and all eating at the king’s expense (en l’hostel
du roy).
The archbishop of Rheims to receive 1,111 m. l.
The bishop of Lengres to receive 1,111 m. l., with a vessel for
his thirty-two knights.
Monsieur Robert de Bois-Gencelin, quite alone, one hundred
and sixty livres, to eat at the king’s expense. Pierre de Sanz,
Etienne Gauche, Macy Delene, all the same, that is, quite alone,
one hundred and sixty livres, or, as the text is, eight twenty
livres each, and eat at the king’s expense.
Monsieur Gilles de Mailley, himself and ten knights, three
thousand livres, and passage and return for his horses; eat at
court.
Monsieur Ytien de Morignac, himself and five knights, twelve
hundred livres, and passage and return for his horses; eat at
court.
The Fourrier de Vernail, for himself and four knights, twelve
hundred livres, and eat at the king’s expense.
Monsieur Guillaume de Fresne, ten knights, twenty-six hundred
livres, and eat at the king’s expense. The count de Guynes,
exactly the same.
The count de St. Pol, himself and thirty knights, for passage
and return of horses, for eating and for all other things, twelve
thousand livres, and two thousand private gift.
Monsieur Lambert des Limons, himself and ten knights in
the pay of the king, that is to say, to each, ten sols Tournois per
diem, and shall not eat at court,—amounts to eighteen hundred
and twenty-five livres.
Monsieur Gerard de Campandu, himself and fifteen knights in
the king’s pay, shall not eat at court, as with M. Lambert, two
thousand seven hundred and thirty-seven livres ten sols Tournois.
Monsieur Raymond Alan, himself and five knights, at the
king’s pay, amounts to nine hundred and twelve livres ten sols
Tournois.
Monsieur Jehan de Debeines, himself and ten knights, three
thousand livres, and passage and return for six horses, shall eat
at court.
The mareschal de Champagne shall go, with ten knights, and
shall receive nothing of the king.
Monsieur Gaillard Darle, himself and five, in the king’s pay,
nine hundred and twelve livres ten sols.
Monsieur Guillame de Flandres, himself and twenty knights,
six thousand livres, and passage and return for his horses, and
shall eat at court.
Monsieur Aubert de Longueval, himself and five knights,
eleven hundred livres, passage and return for horses, and eat
at court.
————
No. 35.
Instructions of St. Louis, addressed, on his Death-bed, to Philip-le-Hardi.[173]
Dear Son,—As it is the most earnest desire of my heart that
thou shouldst be well informed on all subjects, I think thou
mayest derive much instruction from this writing; often having
heard thee say that thou retainest better that which proceeds
from me than from any other person.
Dear Son, my first instruction to thee is, that thou shouldst
love God with all thy heart and with all thy power, for without
that all that thou doest is nothing worth: thou shouldst avoid
all things that thou thinkest may displease him, and which are
within thy power, and particularly thou shouldst have so strong
a resolution that thou wouldst not commit a mortal sin for anything
that could happen to thee, and that thou wouldst suffer
all thy members to be hacked off, and thy life taken away by
the most cruel martyrdom, rather than knowingly commit a
mortal sin.
If our Lord should afflict thee with any persecution, malady,
or other thing, thou shouldst suffer cheerfully, and thank him
for it and be pleased; for thou must think that he hath done it
for thy good, and thou must further think that thou hast merited
it, and more still if it be his will; because thou hast but too little
served him, or too little loved him, and because thou hast done
many things against his will.
If our Lord shall please to send thee any prosperity, health of
body, or other thing, thou shouldst thank him humbly, and
shouldst take great care not debase thyself by pride, or any
other offence; for it is a great sin to wage war against the Lord
with his own gifts.
Dear Son, I advise thee to confess frequently, and always to
choose a confessor of holy life and sufficient knowledge, by
whom thou mayest be instructed upon the things thou shouldst
shun and upon the things thou shouldst do; and bear thyself in
such a manner that thy confessors and friends may dare boldly
to instruct and reprove thee.
Dear Son, I advise thee to hear willingly the service of the
Holy Church, and when thou art in the chapel, beware of
daring to utter vain words. Repeat thy orisons with earnest
attention, either by mouth or by thought, and be particularly
observant when the body of our Lord shall be present at the
mass.
Dear Son, have a compassionate heart for the poor, and for
those whom thou thinkest are enduring sufferings of either heart
or body, and according to thy power comfort them willingly with
consolation or with alms. If thou art sick at heart, tell it to thy
confessor, or any other person whom thou thinkest to be loyal
and can keep thy secret: in order that thou mayest be ever at
peace, never do anything that thou canst not tell of.
Dear Son, entertain willingly the company of good men, whether
religious or secular, but eschew the company of the wicked;
hold willingly good conversation (parlements) with the good,
and willingly hear our Lord spoken of in sermons; and in
private seek earnestly for pardon. Love good in others, and
hate evil, and never suffer words to be spoken in thy presence
that may lead people to sin, never hear willingly others spoken
ill of, or any words that may disparage our Lord, or our Lady,
or the saints. Never suffer any such speech without reproving
it; and if it should proceed from a clerk, or so great a person
that thou canst not punish him, cause it to be told to him who
can inflict justice for it.
Dear Son, take care that thou beest so good in everything,
that it may appear thou art grateful for the blessings and
honours that God has heaped upon thee, so that if it please our
Lord that thou shouldst come to the honour of governing the
kingdom, thou mayest be worthy to receive the holy unction
with which the kings of France are consecrated.
Dear Son, if thou shouldst attain the kingdom, take care to
possess the qualities which belong to kings; that is to say, be so
just as never to swerve from justice, whatever may happen to
thee. If a quarrel should arise between a poor man and a rich
man, take the part of the poor man against the rich man, until
thou shalt ascertain the truth, and when thou shalt know it, do
justice. If it should so happen that thou shouldst have a dispute
with another person, maintain the cause of the stranger before
thy council: do not appear to be too forward in thy quarrel,
until thou shalt be certain of the truth; for those of thy council
might fear to speak against thee, which thou oughtest not to
desire.
Dear Son, if thou learnest that thou art possessed of anything
wrongfully, either in thy own time or in that of thy ancestors,
immediately restore it, however great the matter may be, in
land, money, or other property. If the affair be obscure, so
that thou canst not arrive at the truth, make such peace, according
to the advice of worthy men, that thy soul or that of thy
ancestors may be entirely freed from it: and if ever thou hearest
that thy ancestors have made any restitution, take great pains
to learn whether nothing still remains to be restored; and if thou
findest there is, make restitution instantly, for the good of thy
soul and that of thy ancestors. Be diligent to protect in thy
territories all kinds of people, particularly persons belonging to
the holy Church; defend them from injury both in their persons
and their property, and I hereupon remind thee of a saying of
King Philip, one of my ancestors, as one of his council has told
me he heard him speak it. The king was one day with his privy
council, and some of his counsellors said that the clerks did
him great wrong, and they wondered that he suffered it. He
replied: “I believe that they do me great wrong; but when I
think of the honours our Lord has conferred on me, I by far
prefer suffering my loss or injury, to doing anything which
might create a misunderstanding between me and the holy
Church.” I repeat this to thee, that thou mayest not lightly believe
those who speak against persons connected with the holy
Church. In such a way honour and protect them, that they
may be able to perform the service of our Lord in peace. I
teach thee this, in order that thou mayest principally love
religious people, and mayest succour them in their wants; and
those by whom thou shalt think our Lord is best honoured and
served, such love better than others.
Dear Son, I desire that thou shouldst love and honour thy
mother, and that thou shouldst willingly receive and observe
her good instructions, and be inclined to place faith in her good
counsels; love thy brothers, and always watch over their good
and their advancement; be to them in the place of a father, to
lead them to all that which is good; but take care, that for the
love of any one, thou dost not fall off from acting rightly, or do
anything that ought not to be done.
Dear Son, I advise thee, that all the benefices of the holy
Church which thou shalt have to bestow shall be given to
persons judged worthy by the great council of prud’hommes;
and it appears better to me that thou shouldst give to them who
have nothing, and will employ thy gifts well, if thou searchest
for them diligently.
Dear Son, I advise thee to avoid, as much as it shall be possible,
to enter into war with any Christian; and, if any one do
thee wrong, try by every means to learn if there be no way of
maintaining thy right without going to war, observing that this
is to avoid the sins that are committed in war. And if it should
happen that it be proper for thee to make it, or that any one of
thy men fail in his duty, or commit wrong against any church,
or any poor person whatever, and will not make amends, for
which, or for any reasonable cause, it be proper for thee to make
war, carefully give orders that the poor people, who have committed
neither crime nor offence, be protected, let no injury fall
upon them either by fire or other means; for it will be much
better for thee to contend with the evil-doer, and take his castles
by storm or siege: but be sure to be well advised before thou
movest in any war; be sure that the cause be perfectly just,
that thou hast summoned the evil-doer, and hast waited as long
as thy duty will permit.
Dear Son, I advise thee, that when wars shall arise in thy
dominions among thy men, that thou shouldst take all possible
pains to appease them; for that is a thing which is pleasing to
our Lord; and Messire Saint Martin has given a very great example
of it, for he went to restore concord among the clerks who
were in the archbishop’s palace, although at the time he knew
from our Lord that he must die; and it appeared to him that by
doing so he ended his life worthily.
Dear Son, be sure that thou hast good judges and provosts in
thy dominions, and frequently examine whether they are doing
justice, and whether they are doing wrong to nobody, and are
acting as they ought; in the same manner be sure that they
who live in thy court (ton hostel), commit no injustice; for however
thou mayest hate doing ill to others, thou oughtest still
more to hate the ill which should come from those who receive
the power from thee, and shouldst take great heed that this
never should happen.
Dear Son, I advise thee to be always devoted to the Church of
Rome, and to our holy father the pope, and to pay him the
respect and honour due to thy spiritual father.
Dear Son, confer power freely upon well-intentioned people
who know how to employ it properly, and take great pains to
remove all sins from thy territories,—that is to say, profane swearing
and everything that may be said or done in contempt of
God, our Lady, or the saints; carnal sins, gaming with dice,
tavern-drinking and other vices. Suppress, in thy dominions,
wisely and prudently, all rebels and traitors against thy power;
drive them and all ill-disposed persons from the land, until it be
quite purged of them. When, by the sage counsel of worthy
people, thou shalt hear of any good thing to be done, forward
it by every means in thy power, giving proofs that thou acknowledgest
the blessings our Lord has bestowed upon thee, and that
thou art willing to return him thanks for them.
Dear Son, I advise thee to take great care that the money thou
shalt spend shall be properly expended, and, moreover, that it be
justly levied: this is a thing of which I should wish thee to be
particularly heedful; that is to say, avoid extravagant expenses
and unjust extortion, let thy money be justly received and well
employed; and this may our Lord teach thee, with everything
that may be profitable and suitable to thee!
Dear Son, I pray thee, if it shall please our Lord that I should
quit this life before thee, that thou wilt help me with masses and
prayers, and that thou wilt send to the congregations of the kingdom
of France, to make them put up prayers for my soul, and that
thou wilt desire that our Lord may give me part in all the good
deeds thou shalt perform.
Dear Son, I give thee every blessing that a father can and ought
to give to a son, and I pray our Lord Jesus Christ, that by his
great mercy, and by the prayers and the merits of his blessed
mother the Virgin Mary, and of the angels and archangels, and
of all the male and female saints, that he will keep and defend
thee from committing anything that may be against his will, and
that he will give thee grace to perform his will, and that he may
be served and honoured by thee: and may he grant to thee and
to me, by his unbounded generosity, that after this mortal life,
we may come to him for life everlasting, there where we may
see him, may love him, and may praise him without end. Amen.
To him be all glory, honour, and praise, who is one God with
the Father and the Holy Ghost, without beginning and without
end. Amen.
————
No. 36.
Edward I., King of England.
As our author has said but little to show English readers what
part this, one of their greatest kings, played in the holy wars,
we offer an extract from the chronicler Walter Hemingford,
canon of Gisseburne, of whom Michaud speaks highly.
Edward, son of Henry III., took part in the crusade of
Louis IX. He set out, about the feast of St. Michael, to
Aigues-Mortes, where he embarked, and at the end of ten days,
landed at Carthage, and was received with much joy by the
Christian princes who were then there; that is to say, Philip of
France, who had just succeeded Louis IX., his father; Charles
king of Sicily, and the king of Navarre. Walter relates that
Edward was disgusted with the treaty made between the Christian
kings and the king of Tunis, and would take no part in it.
The English prince went to Acre with a thousand picked men,
and reposed for a month, in order to refresh his troops, and become
acquainted with the country. At the end of the month, many
Christians joined him, and leaving Acre, at the head of seven
thousand men, he marched to a distance of twenty leagues from
that city, took Nazareth, and killed a great number of Saracens.
The army then returned towards Acre, but were followed by the
enemy, who hoped to surprise them in some valley, or confined
place. The Christians, upon becoming aware of their intentions,
faced about, killed many, and put the others to flight.
Towards the feast of St. John, Edward, learning that the
Saracens were within fifteen miles of Acre, marched out, fell
upon them, at break of day, killed about a thousand of them,
and put the rest to flight. The name of Edward was soon spread
among the enemies of Christ, and beginning to dread him, they
devised means to get rid of him. The great emir of Jaffa, feigning
a wish to be converted to the Christian faith, sent to him
several times a slave, bearing letters, but charged secretly with
the commission of assassinating the king, which the slave
executed. But fortunately Edward escaped the consequences
by the assistance of skilful leeches. As soon as he was cured,
he concluded a truce for ten years, and returned to Europe with
his Crusaders.
————
No. 37.
The Openings of the Troncs.
M. Michaud has given a very long account of the openings of
the troncs, of which we only think it necessary to offer our
readers a small portion, to show them the nature of the thing.
The continued repetition of the names of French towns, &c.,
with the amount of money found in the troncs, can be interesting
to nobody.
On Low Sunday, the 19th day of April, in the year 1517,
between the hours of eight and nine after mid-day, was raised
and carried away the tronc of the metropolitan church of St.
Stephen of Thoulouse, closed and fastened with three keys,
and sealed with two seals, and placed in the archiepiscopal
house of the said Thoulouse, by the said commissary, treasurer,
or receiver and comptroller, in the presence of Messire
Jehan de Verramino, canon and chancellor of the said church;
Thomas le Franc, rector of the said church; Domengo Vaussenet,
burgess, and several others; and on the next day, in the
presence of as above, the said commissary, receiver, and comptroller
opened the said tronc, where they took and found for
the confessionals the sum of six hundred and fifty-one livres,
six sols, six deniers in full, for one thousand one hundred
and fifteen confessions, which have been distributed; for
this
6c. 51 liv. 6s. 4d. (sic)
Of other money found in the said tronc on the day and year
aforesaid, arising from the pardons and jubilee of the crusade,
the sum of four hundred and ninety-nine livres, fifteen sols,
four deniers Tournois
ci. 499 liv. 15s. 4d.
From another opening of the trone of Thoulouse, at the
feast of the following Christmas, in the said year 1517, the
sum of twenty-seven livres, three sols, nine denier Tournois.
27 liv. 3s. 9d.
From another opening of the said trone of Thoulouse, made the
first day of May, 1518, which is the second of the year 1518,
in which there was found, as well for money for the jubilee as
for confessionals, the sum of two hundred and five livres, ten
sols, six deniers Tournois; for this
205 liv. 10s. 6d.
From another opening made the 7th day of June, of the said
year, there was found, as well for jubilee as for confessionals,
the sum of one hundred and twenty-seven livres, two sols
Tournois; for this
127 liv. 2s.
From an opening of the tronc of Castannet, in the diocese of
Thoulouse, there was found, as well for confessionals as for the
jubilee, the sum of fourteen livres, one sol, five deniers
Tournois; for this
14 liv. 1s. 5d.
&c. &c. &c.
From the opening of the various troncs in the diocese of
Thoulouse, within and without the city, in the years 1517 and
1518, many being opened several times, they collected an
amount which stands thus at the end: Summa Totalis receptœ
presentis computi
3,700 liv. 18s. 6d.
The expenditure of this money is detailed equally minutely;
of which we will offer a few examples.
EXPENDITURE
OF THIS PRESENT ACCOUNT,
AND, IN THE FIRST PLACE,
Moneys paid to People who are to account for them.
To Master Jehan Grossier, notary and secretary of the king
our lord, and by him commissioned to keep the account, and
receive the moneys for the crusade granted by our holy
father the pope to the king our lord, in his kingdom and
other lands and lordships owing allegiance to him, the sum of
fifteen hundred and thirty-two livres, seventeen sols, four
deniers Tournois, which the present receiver owes on account
of the said receipt which he has made of the moneys for the
said crusade to the said city of Thoulouse, which sum has
been paid to the said Grossier, in virtue of the letters missive
of our lord the king, given at Amboise, the 25th day of
January, there rendered, as by his quittance, signed by his
hand, the 26th day of February, in the year 1517, thus so
rendered, as appears; and for this
1,532 liv. 17s. 4d.
To the said Master Jehan Grossier, by his written quittance, the
10th day of June, in the year one thousand five hundred and
eighteen, the sum of two hundred and forty-eight livres, three
sols Tournois, which the said receiver ought, upon receiving the
said receipt, pay him, by virtue of the letters missive of the
king our lord, given at Amboise, the last day of April, as by
said quittance, here rendered, as appears; for this
248 liv. 3s.
To the same Master Jehan Grossier, for another written quittance
on the 20th day of May, 1520, the sum of six hundred
and twenty-five livres, fourteen sols, five deniers Tournois,
which the said receiver ought to pay him, as by his said quittance,
here rendered, as appears; for this
625 liv. 14s. 5d.
Other Expenses made by the said Master Jehan Clucher, by the order of
Messire Josse de la Garde, Doctor of Theology, Vicar-General of the Very
Reverend Father in God, Monseigneur the Archbishop of Thoulouse,
Commissary, ordered by the King our Lord, on the matter of the Crusade,
and according to the Letters Missive and Instructions signed by the hand
of the King, transcribed and rendered at the commencement of this
Account.
For the expenses of the commissaries, receiver, comptroller, and
notary, for having been, with seven horses, setting out on the
22nd day of April, in the year 1517, through the diocese of the
archbishopric of Thoulouse, to collect the troncs and boxes,
in which they were engaged for the space of thirteen days,
the sum of twenty livres, nine sols, five deniers Tournois,
which has been paid by the present receiver by order of the
said commissary, as appears by the papers signed and certified
by his hand, and by Monsieur Raymond Raffin, canon in the
metropolitan church of Thoulouse, comptroller, deputed by
our lord the king to assist in collecting the money for the
said crusade,[174] containing the expense of this account rendered,
and containing likewise a certification of the payment of all
the said expense, instead of quittance (receipt); for this the
sum of
20 liv. 9s. 5d.
To Pierre Langiere, the sum of sixteen sols Tournois, for having
pasted up four hundred articles, and for having placed and
fixed about two hundred of them at the doors and cross-ways
of the said Thoulouse, for the feast of Easter; for this
16s.
To Messire Pierre Ferrestiere, Anthoine Chassantre, and Durant
Veissiere, priests, for having carried the said articles, at the
said time, to Montastruc, Versveil, and Carmaing, the sum of
sixty sols Tournois; this
60s.
To Georges Ruveres, for having made two tin cases to put over
the tronc, the sum of ten sols Tournois; this
10s.
To Thomas Noel, for having made the tronc for the said crusade,
at Thoulouse, the sum of sixty-three sols, four deniers Tournois;
this
63s. 4d.
To Jehan Dernent, for having bound about with iron the coffer
of the said tronc, and made the padlock for the same, the sum
of eleven livres, T.; this
11 liv.
To Master Stephen Fabry and Jehan Galmart, for having carried
the said articles into several places, and for writing-paper
and packthread to tie up the packets, the sum of four livres,
two sols, nine deniers Tournois; this
4 liv. 2s. 9d.
To William Perolle, for having carried some confessionals to
Cluriac, the sum of twelve sols Tournois; this
12s.
To Lion de Veausclera, for four padlocks for the said tronc, the
sum of forty sols Tournois; this
40s.
To the bell-ringers of St. Stephen of Thoulouse, for what may
be due to them for having rung the Pardon, at the late festival
of Easter, the sum of sixty sols Tournois; this
60s.
To la Roussignolle, for twelve cloth bags to put the money into,
the sum of eight sols, six deniers Tournois; this
8s. 6d.
To Master Jehan Galmar, for having been to fix the troncs in
various places, and having furnished nails for the padlocks,
the sum of twenty-seven sols, six deniers
27s. 6d.
To Bertrand Beix, for having served, or waited at, the tronc of
St. Stephen of Thoulouse, for the space of fifteen days, the
sum of seventeen sols, six deniers Tournois
17s. 6d.
For the dinner[175] which was made for those who were present to
see the money counted from the tronc of the said St. Stephen
of Thoulouse, and for the cook, the sum of seventy-two sols
Tournois
72s.
To the preachers of Thoulouse, for having preached the said
pardons, the sum of eighteen livres Tournois; this
18 liv.
To Master Jehan Bourlier, notary,[176] for having attended the
placing and removing of the said troncs, in the said diocese
of Thoulouse, for the space of fifteen days, at the period of
Easter, the sum of fifteen livres Tournois
15 liv.
To Master Jehan Terrein, of Thoulouse, the sum of a hundred
sols Tournois, for having superintended the giving out of the
letters, and obtaining the names and surnames of those who
took them to the church of Thoulouse, at Easter, this
100s.
To the bell-ringers of the said St. Stephen, for ringing the bells
and cleaning the church, the sum of forty sols Tournois;
this
40s.
To those who sealed the confessionals of the said crusade and
jubilee, the sum of six livres Tournois, this
6 liv.
To Messire Jehan Bonissent, secretary of Monseigneur de
Thoulouse, for having made eight mandatory letters on parchment,
and having signed four hundred articles to be posted
upon the doors of churches, the sum of six livres Tournois,
this
6 liv.
To Jehan Grant, printer, for having printed a thousand small
articles, and a hundred confessionals, on parchment, the sum
of one hundred and ten livres Tournois; this
110 liv.
To Jehan Bodret, apothecary, of Thoulouse, for thirty-one pounds
of red wax, and also for four quires of paper, the sum of ten
livres, seventeen sols, six deniers Tournois; this
1O liv. 17s. 6d.
To Master Guillaume de Villano, notary, for having signed and
filled up the confessionals and commissions, and having made
the other acts of the said crusade, the sum of ten livres Tournois;
this
10 liv.
To the Receiver of the said crusade, for having been to place
the troncs and collect the money, for the attendance of thirteen
days, the sum of twenty-eight livres Tournois
28 liv.
To Monsieur the Comptroller of the said crusade, for the same
cause, the sum of twenty-eight livres Tournois; this
28 liv.
To Monsieur the Commissary of the said crusade, with three
horses, for the same cause, the sum of forty livres Tournois;
this
40 liv.
To Master Jehan Bourlier, for having made two duplicates of
the receipt and expense of the said crusade, the sum of thirty
sols Tournois; this
30s.
To Raymond de Vlino, for having made three hundred and fifty
coats of arms, at twelve deniers Tournois each, amounting to
the sum of seventeen livres, ten sols Tournois; this
17 liv. 10s.
To those who sealed the said confessionals, both on parchment
and on paper, and for having folded them, the sum of four
livres Tournois
4 liv.
Then follows a list of amounts paid to preachers of the crusade,
which is far too long for insertion, but all tending to prove that
the task was not performed gratuitously. We have extracted
the above articles from the interminable account to show our
readers something of the nature of the charges made by various
classes for work done early in the sixteenth century, but more
particularly to point out, after the money had been extorted from
the pious or the charitable, how many hands were dipped into
the troncs before their contents were applied to their destined
purpose. The preachers, as appears by the following items and
many others of the account, took a fifth part of what was found
in the troncs at the time of opening them.
To the preachers who have preached in the city of Thoulouse,
for the fifth part of four hundred and nine livres, sixteen sols,
eight deniers Tournois, which have been found in the said
tronc, opened at several festivals, has been paid over the sum
of eighty-one livres, nineteen sols, four deniers Tournois;
this
81 liv. 19s. 4d.
To the preacher of Lisle en Jourdain, for HIS fifth part of one
hundred and ninety-eight livres, three sols, seven deniers
Tournois; this
39 liv. 3s. 7d.
Nobody seems to have touched the tronc without benefit;
thus there are sixty sols to Jehan Turein for taking charge of
the tronc, at Easter; and fifteen sols to a child who cried at the
tronc. The high officials took each one hundred livres per
annum whilst the crusade was being preached, and their underlings
did nothing without remuneration.
————
No. 38.
Memoir of Leibnitz, addressed to Louis XIV.
After the example of M. Michaud, we do not hesitate to lay
before our readers the following paper, although it bears little
relation to our history. A document passing between two such
men as Leibnitz and Louis XIV., upon a speculative, yet an
important question, cannot be without interest; besides which,
there is very little doubt that it fell into the hands of Buonaparte
before he undertook his expedition to Egypt. It is generally
believed that this Memoir of Leibnitz, upon the expedition
to Egypt, was preserved, up to the period of the revolution, in
the archives of Versailles, and that this historical document
disappeared during the political troubles of France. An extract
from it was published in an English pamphlet in 1805; and
another extract was made in a book entitled Voyage en Hanovre,
published in 1805. M. Michaud has made more use of the English
pamphlet than of the latter publication. M. Mangourit, the
author of the Voyage, saw in the library of Hanover a copy of
the Memoir addressed to Louis XIV., written by the hand of
Leibnitz; it had for title, De Expeditione Egyptiatica, Epistola
ad Regem Franciæ scripta. M. Mangourit informs us that
Marshal Mortier ordered a copy to be made of it, to be sent to
Paris, where it was placed in the library of the king. It appears
that the Memoir was sent a short time before the famous passage
of the Rhine and the war against Holland. M. Mangourit is
persuaded that Leibnitz, whom he represents as the instrument
of some cabinet, had no other motive in persuading Louis to
invade Egypt but to divert him from his threatened attack upon
the Batavian republic. M. Michaud says that this opinion
appears improbable, and that the author gives no satisfactory
proof of it. We think some of our readers, at least, will incline
to the opinion of M. Mangourit.
Leibnitz commences his Memoir by declaring that the fame of
his majesty’s wisdom has induced him to present to him some
reflections upon a subject familiar to preceding ages, but recently
neglected and forgotten; it concerns an enterprise, “the greatest
that can be attempted, and at the same time the most easy of
such as are considered great. I venture to add,” continues he,
“that it is the most holy, the most just (addere audeo, sanctissimum
justissimumque), and that it is not accompanied by any
danger, even should it be attempted in vain. It agrees likewise
so well with the kind of preparations already made, that it would
appear to have been a long time in contemplation, and would
thus increase the admiration of those who justly call the conceptions
of your majesty the miracle of secrecy. It would do
more harm to Holland than could be hoped for from the most
brilliant success of an open war, without leaving them the power
of opposing any obstacle to it. It would accomplish the object
of the present armament, by procuring for France the empire
of the seas and of commerce. In short, all hatreds and all
jealousies being thus extinguished at a single blow, your majesty
would find yourself raised by it, with general assent, to the rank
of supreme arbiter of Christendom—the highest possible to be
conceived, and it would cover your name with an immortal glory,
for having cleared, whether for yourself or your descendants,
the route for exploits similar to those of Alexander.”
After having made it plain that the present moment was exceedingly
favourable, that there was no sovereign more powerful
than the king of France, or one more beloved by his subjects;
“I am persuaded,” says he, “that there is not in the known
world any country the conquest of which deserves so much to
be attempted, or which would be so likely to give supremacy, as
the Egypt which I delight in calling the Holland of the East, as
I call France the China of the West.”
“The marriage between this prince and this country, that is
to say, between the king of France and Egypt, appears to me
to interest equally the human race and the Christian religion.”
Leibnitz afterwards says, that upon examining the motives
which determined Louis IX. to attempt the conquest of Egypt
rather than that of Jerusalem, he had become convinced that
they merit the greatest attention.
“After the death of the Emperor Frederick Barbarossa, Philip,
surnamed Augustus, and Richard, king of England, besieged
and took St. Jean d’Acre. There was among the prisoners an
Arabian named Caracous, whom history represents as a prophet.
This man, hearing Philip frequently speak of the aim the Christian
powers proposed to themselves in this war, declared that they
could never retain Jerusalem and the Christian sovereignty in
Asia, unless the Egyptian monarchy were overthrown; and for
that purpose it was of the greatest importance to get possession
of Damietta. From this arose a dissension between Philip and
Richard, &c. Richard himself, after having failed in Palestine,
wished to undertake an expedition against Egypt, but death
prevented him.
“The Christian powers at length became aware of their error,
and Pope Innocent III. promoted an expedition against Egypt,
the issue of which was unfortunate. Then came the expedition
of St. Louis, which failed from the imprudence and want of skill
in the leaders. Louis exposed his army in the interior of the
country, between two branches of the Nile, with his rear and
the course of the river in the power of the enemy. Instead of
getting possession of the coasts and securing the Nile for his
fleet, the only means of establishing his conquest, provisioning
his army, and making himself safe from all attacks, he allowed
himself to be surrounded; the Saracens intercepted his supplies,
and finished by destroying the Christian army.
“Afterwards, the wars between France and England, as well as
those which broke out between France and the house of Austria,
put an end to all idea of invading Egypt, till the time of Ximenes,
who was the author of a league, formed for the conquest of this
country, by Ferdinand of Castile, Emanuel of Portugal, and
Henry VIII. of England.[177] Three princes,” says Leibnitz,
“of whom it may, with reason, be said, that each of them laid
the foundation of the power and commerce of their respective
people; and that it is which France now expects from Louis
XIV.
“This project was defeated by the death of Ferdinand, which
caused the crown of Spain to pass to the house of Austria.”
Leibnitz then gives a sketch of the revolutions of Egypt,
from the earliest ages to the time it was subdued by the Turks;
to show the importance that has always been attached to the
possession of Egypt, and to prove that it has never opposed
much resistance to a skilful and powerful conqueror.
“Egypt, now become a province of the Turkish empire, will be,
on that account, more easily subdued; not only from the difficulty
the Port will have in throwing in succours, and the inclination
the inhabitants always have for revolt, but still more from its
being no longer the seat of an empire.”
After this preamble, Leibnitz, developing his plan, argues that
the conquest of Egypt is the most certain road to supremacy in
Europe; or, in other terms, that it will strengthen the best
interests of France,—that, considering the magnitude of the
object, the enterprise is very easy;—that there is no risk;—that
it is in accordance with sound policy;—that it should not be
delayed;—in short, that it is great, just, and pious.
“This supremacy, which it is so important for France to obtain,
consists in the possession of as much power as can be reasonably
hoped for; for it cannot look to a universal monarchy, but only
the general direction or arbitration of affairs. Universal monarchy
is an absurdity; the history of Europe proves it. By
making war upon Christian states, weak aggrandisements can
alone be obtained, and a small accession of territory acquired.
Such means are not suitable for a most Christian king, or a great
monarch:—marriages, elections, and successions produce more.
“War should alone be directed against barbarous nations; and
among these, it is incontestable that by a single fortunate blow
(and the French are particularly formed to strike such), empires
may be in an instant overthrown and founded. In such wars
are found the elements of high power, and of an exalted glory.
“It is certain that the power of France must increase with the
peace of Europe, and that it must be weakened by ill-timed
wars. Let it then be employed against the barbarians, and for
the restoration of Egypt. In America, the Spaniards, the English,
and the Dutch would render every enterprise impossible;
but, directed towards Turkey, no one would dare to oppose it;
Egypt being once invaded, the war that we should then make
would be rendered sacred by universal approbation; and instead
of the deserted countries of Palestine, only celebrated by its
ruins, we should have, as the rewards of our efforts, that eye of
countries, that mother of grain, that seat of commerce. (Non,
deserta illa, ruinis tantùm nobilis Palæstina, sed oculus regionum,
mater frugum, sedes commerciorum acquiretur.)
“Of all the regions of the earth, Egypt ought to be considered,
after China, as the first. It possesses so many advantages, that
the imagination can add nothing to them. It is the principal
isthmus of the globe, the seas of which it divides in such a manner,
as to create the necessity for passing round Africa. It is
at the same time the barrier and the passage between Africa
and Asia. It is the point of communication, and the general
entrepôt of the commerce, on one side, of India, and on the other,
of Europe. It is in some sort the eye of the adjacent countries,
rich by the fertility of its soil, and by its great population, amidst
the deserts which surround it. It unites the wonders of nature
and of art, which, after so many ages, ever appear to furnish
subjects for fresh admiration.”
After having supported his opinions by numerous quotations
upon the resources Egypt possesses, Leibnitz continues thus:—
“Suppose Egypt should be occupied by an army of the most
Christian king, we shall see how much this event must contribute
to political supremacy. (Pars melior Franciæ cedet; hæc
maris Mediterranei domina, imperium Orientalis resuscitabit.)
“It is evident that the Turkish empire might be overthrown by
the attacks of the Germans and the Poles, if the germs of rebellion,
which are there now forming, were developed generally;
and there is no doubt that Muscovy and Persia would take advantage
of that circumstance. Then, the most valuable portion
of that monarchy would fall to France; which, becoming thus
mistress of the Mediterranean, would reëstablish the Eastern
empire. From Egypt it would extend its empire over the ocean,
and would take, without difficulty, possession of the Red Sea,
and the isles near Madagascar. It would not be long in gaining
the Sea of Ethiopia, the Persian Gulf, and the isle of Ormuz,
which commands it.
“The conquest of Egypt would likewise be followed by great
and important changes in Europe. The king of France could
then, by incontestable right, and with the consent of the pope,
assume the title of emperor of the East; he could add to his
title of eldest son, that of patron (advocatus) of the Church,
and by the great advantages procured to the Holy See, hold the
pontiffs much more in his power than if they resided at Avignon.
Italy and Germany would be definitively delivered from the fear
of the Turks, and Spain from that of the Moors. The commerce
of the world would be shared between France and the
house of Austria; at length, the reconciliation between the most
powerful families would be cemented to the satisfaction of both,
France having for its share the East, and Spain the West.[178] And
if they should wish to be united by the indissoluble tie of their
common interest, they would gain the object which the wisest of
ministers have endeavoured to attain in the conferences of the
Pyrenees; they would become the arbitrators between other
powers; they would prepare the happiness of the human race,
and they would create an everlasting reverence for the memory
of the great king, to whom so many miracles were due.
“With Egypt, the Dutch might easily be deprived of the commerce
of India, upon which great part of their power depends,
and they would by that be more directly and necessarily injured
than by the most brilliant success in an open war. The Christian
religion would again flourish in Asia; the world would obey
the same laws, and the whole human race would be united by
the same ties; so that, with the exception of the philosopher’s
stone, I know nothing that can be imagined of more importance
than the conquest of Egypt.”
When discussing the facility of the execution, Leibnitz considers
siders—“The forces to be employed—the means of transporting
the troops—the climate of the country—its fortifications and
military strength—the manner of making war there—the interior
troubles of Egypt—the dispositions of the neighbouring nations—and
the allies and auxiliaries, as well of the aggressors as of
the invaded country.”
With respect to the forces of France, Leibnitz refers to
Louis, who must be better acquainted with their numbers than
he; he however believes that there is in fact already more
strength than would be required.
Francis, duke of Urbino, demanded 50,000 men to overturn
the Ottoman empire. For the conquest of Egypt, thirty thousand
picked men would be sufficient. Emanuel the Wise, king
of Portugal, flattered himself that he could succeed with a much
smaller number. “There is no doubt,” adds Leibnitz, “that our
numbers would prodigiously increase in a short time, by the
accession of Arabs and Numidians, whilst the Turkish forces in
that province must be very inconsiderable.
“But suppose,” continues Leibnitz, “we were compelled to
embark 50,000 men; that is a force which France would easily
provide. For, although I am persuaded that 20,000 would
amply suffice to occupy and guard the coast of Egypt, it would
be prudent to draw advantage from the forces now assembled,
and to effect by one stroke, by one vigorous operation, the conquest
of the whole of Egypt.” Leibnitz further advises that the
troops should be encouraged by speeches, indulgences, rewards,
honours, &c. &c.; thinks it of much less importance to employ
a great number of troops than it is to select them well.
“Some persons are averse to the transporting of large armies
by sea; but wiser persons are of a contrary opinion, and think
that the trifling inconveniences of this mode of transport are
more than compensated by very great advantages. The first
inconveniences to which they are subject on board, are neither
dangerous nor of long duration; they may be considered even
as evacuations favourable to health. Scorbutic affections appear
only in long voyages, and acute diseases are occasioned by
intemperance, which discipline may prevent, or by a change of
climate, which cannot be experienced in the Mediterranean. No
mutiny need be apprehended, because the soldiers are in some
sort in the power of the sailors.”
The memorial of Leibnitz here presents an historical summary
of the armies embarked at different periods, from the
Punic wars to the last conquests made in Asia and America, by
the Spaniards, the Portuguese, the English, &c.; and whilst recommending
that the vessels should not be too heavily laden as
regards troops, he remarks that the navigation of the Mediterranean
has, for a long time, become familiar to French sailors,
and that there could be no danger, if proper attention were paid
to seasons. French and Venetian vessels constantly visit Candia,
and from that island to Egypt the passage is not difficult. Let
us add, that the isle of Malta is a secure station for the fleet, that
isle being united to France by an infinite number of ties, since
the major part of the knights and the grand master of the order
are French.
“After the port of Alexandria shall have been taken by a
coup-de-main (which cannot fail of succeeding), the coasts of
Syria, as well as the isles of Cyprus and Candia, will necessarily
fall, provided that the Turks are not able to undertake anything
by sea to oppose it.”
The memorial of Leibnitz then rejects all fear of the insalubrity
of the climate of Egypt; he expatiates upon the healthy
qualities of the waters of the Nile, gives dietic rules, recommends
abstinence from wine, and points out the variations in
the weather in the different months of the year.
Then he speaks of the saltpetre which Egypt produces in such
abundance, and continues: “The means of the natural defences
of Egypt are the deserts and seas that surround it, and the
Nile; its artificial means are its castles and its cities. The sea
and the Nile, far from injuring, facilitate the employment of
naval forces, and the deserts will interrupt communications with
the other parts of the Ottoman empire, and will prevent the
Turks from throwing imposing succours into the Egyptian territory.
The strong places are either upon the Red Sea or upon
the Mediterranean.” Here Leibnitz describes Alexandria, Rosetta,
and Damietta, with the Bozag, pointing out the weakness
of these places. “The coast of the Red Sea is still more neglected,
and would fall quickly into the power of a Portuguese
fleet, acting in concert with a French force from Madagascar;”
for Leibnitz supposes that the Portuguese would be more disposed
to second the views of the French than to oppose them.
The memorial describes very minutely the Arabian Gulf and
the Strait of Bab-el-Mandel; he affirms that all places on the
coast want fortifications; he speaks particularly of Suez, Cossier,
Souakem, and at length of Cairo, which would not offer,
any more than the rest, a strong resistance.
“Could the resistance of Cairo,” says Leibnitz, “alone prevent
France from raising itself above all glory past or present? It
would be disgraceful for so powerful a nation, when engaged in
such a mighty enterprise, to entertain a moment’s doubt of final
success in presence of this last obstacle. For France would
not be fighting then for either Dunkirk or Gravelines, or for
Maëstricht; but for the dominion of the seas, for the empire of
the East, for the overthrow of the Port, and for universal supremacy;—all
results from the conquest of Egypt.”
Then follow some geographical details upon the coast of
Syria, and the ports and cities of that country; that is to say,
El-Aresch, Byblos, Tripoli, Alexandretta, Aleppo, and Damascus.
“Alexandretta commands the defiles of Cilicia. By the possession
of this place, an army marching from Asia Minor upon
Palestine could be forced to make a long and painful circuit,
across a country half desert, and across portions of Cilicia,
Armenia, and Mesopotamia.
“Aleppo and Damascus are the only cities capable of resisting
for a moment our ulterior operations after the reduction of
Cairo. Although they are distant from the sea, they must be
secured, since then we shall command all the country on this
side of Mount Amanus.
“The Turks may, it is true, if they are warned, place reinforcements
in Egypt, and even fortify Alexandria and render Egypt
nearly inaccessible. It will therefore be essential to preserve
the most profound secrecy upon the project, and accelerate the
departure of the armament for its destination. When the expedition
shall be once made, it will be no longer in the power of
the Turks to place an obstacle in the way of its success, since
the departure of so formidable a fleet will give alarm for the
seat of government itself. Under this point of view it will be
even useful to spread a report that it is in fact destined against
Constantinople, in order that the Port should unite and concentrate,
for the protection of the capital, its divided forces, and thus
render the distant provinces the weaker. The French army
being thus suddenly thrown into Egypt, it would require six
months for the Turks to assemble an equal force, or even a
much longer time, if Turkey were at the same time engaged in
a Polish or Hungarian war. Moreover, as soon as the expedition
should have succeeded, Persia, which cannot declare itself
upon our promises alone, will not fail to rise likewise. And if
the expedition took place in that season of the year which,
according to the opinion of experienced persons, would appear
the most suitable, it would be absolutely impossible for the
Turks to arrive in any useful time, if even they had 100,000
disposable forces; because Egypt would be then inundated with
the waters of the Nile, in which our fleet would dominate; and
because the Turkish army could not set out on its march before
the following winter, &c.
“Suppose now that Egypt should be in our power, and, which
is not at all improbable, the Turks should find themselves at
peace with all their neighbours, that there should be no trouble
among themselves, and that they should be in a condition to
advance with 100,000 effective men; suppose, on the other side,
that we were only able to oppose this force with 30,000 men,
since we must leave 20,000 behind, to maintain our position in
Egypt, and reduce the places not yet subdued: I affirm that
these 30,000 men would be sufficient to repulse the Turks: let
us add, that if measures be well taken, there is no doubt that
considerable reinforcements might arrive from Europe, and that
the Christian subjects of the Port, as well as the natives, would
flock eagerly to range themselves under our Banners. But suppose
our force did not exceed 30,000 men, this troop would
be perfectly in a state to resist the Turks by two different
manœuvres, whether by waiting for them in the plains of Egypt,
between Suez and Cairo; or whether in marching forward to
meet them in Arabia Petræa, between Gaza and the mountains,
or in Syria between Alexandretta and Mount Amanus, called
now the mount of Scanderoun, or El Lucan.
“There are in Arabia Petræa three narrow defiles, through
which the caravans pass on their way from Egypt into Asia.
One of these defiles is on the right, when we are coming from
Egypt, and leads to the eastern shores of the Red Sea; another
passage is on the left, on the shores of the Mediterranean,—it
leads into Palestine and Syria; the third, situated between the
two preceding ones, comes out at Mount Horeb, and at the
monastery of St. Catherine. The two first passages lead into
Arabia, where no army could penetrate without great difficulty.
There only remains then the third route, which goes from Egypt
into Palestine, across Idumea. But this passage is so narrowed
on one side by the Mediterranean Sea, and on the other by the
foot of the mountains of Arabia Petræa, that the sultan of Egypt
would easily have expelled the army of Selim from his country,
if he had taken care to secure the passage between Syria and
Cilicia: it was by neglecting this precaution that Darius very
much facilitated the conquest of Asia by Alexander. If the
sultan of the Mamelukes, abandoning Palestine, had taken up a
position in the narrow strait near Gaza, or near Sihor (called in
Scripture the river of Egypt), which is a species of hollow ravine,
running from the mountains to the sea, and if he had there
awaited his enemy, it is certain that in that position, 30,000
men would have been able to resist hundreds of thousands.
“Suppose the Turks were able to force not only the passage
of Alexandretta, but likewise that of Gaza, they yet could not
recover Egypt; for, in this case, our army would keep in its
rear the Nile and a very fertile country, whilst the enemy
would have nothing in their rear but the deserts of Arabia. And
if, in this position, we were to avoid a pitched battle, which
would be easy from the nature of the country, the Turkish
army would necessarily waste away, and would be forced, by
want of provisions, to retire into Syria, and leave us in the
tranquil enjoyment of our conquests.”
Leibnitz brings several historical facts to the support of his
opinion; he proves that the Turks are much less formidable,
less warlike, less numerous than they formerly were; he enters
into details upon the seraglio, the revenues, and the military and
maritime establishments of the Ottoman empire.
The author assigns reasons for hoping that, after the first news
of the success of Louis XIV., there would ensue partial revolts,
and then a general insurrection of the pachas, the civil functionaries,
the soldiers, the Christians, and finally of the whole
people. “I venture to affirm,” says he, “that all the subjects of
the Ottoman empire are unhappy, discontented, anxious for
change, and that at this moment they are only restrained by the
disheartening remembrance of their former attempts to throw off
the yoke.
“A French author, very well acquainted with the affairs of
Turkey, and who is surprised that an empire so constituted subsists
so long, forms the conjecture that God, who does everything
for the best, had raised and sustained this powerful nation
for the good of his Church, and to punish Christians for their
sins and vices;’ but I,” continues Leibnitz,—“I am convinced that
the time approaches in which the Omnipotent will visit his
people, in which the fury of barbarians will be at an end, in
which a far happier epoch will open on the Christian world.
Much might be said with regard to prophecies; upon periods in
human affairs; upon the inevitable catastrophes of empires;
even upon the traditions of the Turks themselves, which make
them look for their destruction from a country between two
seas. This prediction has been commonly applied to Constantinople,
and sometimes to the Morea; but no one has hitherto
thought of Egypt.
“Let us, however, without presuming to penetrate the secrets
of destiny, draw our conclusions from the ordinary course of
affairs. It is notorious that the Sultan has entirely lost, in the
opinion of his subjects, his character of inviolability, and this
circumstance must necessarily facilitate his defeat.”
All that follows this is but a picture of the disorder which
reigns in the political organization of the Turkish empire.
Therefore, Leibnitz thinks that the conquest of Egypt would
shake the Port to its foundation. He adds: “Audaciter dico,
flagrabit Turcia seditionibus, si volumus; and if the Port were
at the same time engaged in a war with Poland or Hungary,
jam ruina ipsa,” says he, “et totius corporis paralysis universalis
indubitata est.”
————
No. 39.
Capitulations between France and the Ottoman Port.
Francis I. was the first of our kings who made treaties with
the Port. He obtained in 1535, from Soliman the Canonist, the
first capitulations in favour of commerce and of the Catholic
religion, in the states of the Grand Seignor; in 1604, Henry IV.
obtained from the Sultan Ahmid I. the renewal of them with
some additions; in 1675 they were renewed and augmented
under the reign of the Sultan Mehemed IV., at the demand of
Louis XIV.; in 1740, Louis XV. obtained from the Sultan
Mahmoud the renewal of the ancient treaties, with considerable
additions.
France has had since that period other negotiations with the
Port; but these negotiations have not produced any treaty, the
dispositions of which are either new or important. The documents
necessary for the history of the relations of France with
the Ottoman empire have always been carefully preserved in the
chancery of the French embassy at Constantinople. It is there
we must search for exact notices to add to that which we have
been able to advance upon this question.
We will give, from these capitulations, as much as particularly
concerns the subject of our history, or which may throw a light
upon the Ottoman policy.
“The Emperor Sultan Mahmoud, son of Sultan Moustapha,
ever victorious.[179]
“Here is that which ordains this glorious and imperial signature,
conqueror of the world, this noble and sublime mark,
whose efficacy proceeds from divine aid.
“I, who by the excellence of the favours of the Most High, and
by the eminence of the miracles filled with blessings from the
chief of the prophets (to whom be the most ample salutations, as
well as to his family and his companions), am the Sultan of
glorious sultans, the emperor of puissant emperors, the distributor
of crowns to the Cosroes, who are seated on thrones, the
shadow of God upon earth, the servant of the two illustrious
cities of Mecca and Medina, august and holy places, to which
Mussulmans address their vows; the protector and master of the
holy Jerusalem; the sovereign of the three great cities of Constantinople,
Adrianople, and Broussa, as well as of Damascus,
the odour of Paradise; of Tripoli, of Syria, of Egypt, the wonder
of ages, and renowned for its delights; of all Arabia; of Africa,
of Cairovan, of Aleppo, of Irak, Arab, and Adgen; of Bassora,
of Lahra, of Dilem, and particularly of Bagdad, capital of the
caliphs; of Rakka, of Mossoul, of Chehregour, of Diarbeker, of
Zulkadric, of Ergerum the Delightful; of Sebarta, of Adana, of
Caramenia, of Kars, of Ichidder, of Van, of the isles of the
Morea, of Candia, of Cyprus, Chio, and Rhodes; of Barbary, of
Ethiopia; of the places of war, Algiers, Tripoli, and Tunis; of
the isles and the coasts of the White Sea and of the Black Sea;
of the countries of Natolia, and the kingdom of Romelia; of all
Kurdestan, of Greece, of Turkomania, of Tartary, of Circassia,
of Cabarta, and of Georgia; of the noble tribes of the Tartars,
and of all the hordes which depend upon them; of Caffa, and
other surrounding places; of all Bosnia and its dependencies; of
the fortress of Belgrade, a place of war; of Servia, as well as of
the fortresses and castles existing in it; of the countries of
Albania, of all Wallachia, of Moldavia, and of the forts and holds
which are in these cantons; possessor besides of a number of
cities and fortresses, of which it is superfluous to repeat or
boast the names. I, who am emperor, asylum of justice and
king of kings, the centre of victory, Sultan, son of the Sultan,
Emperor Mahmoud the conqueror, son of Sultan Mustafa, son of
Sultan Muhammed: I, who by my power, the origin of
facility, am adorned with the title of emperor of the two lands,
and as a crowning grandeur to my caliphate, am illustrated by
the title of emperor of the two seas.
“The glory of the great princes of the faith of Jesus, the elect
of the great and the magnificent of the religion of the Messiah,
the arbitrator and mediator in the affairs of Christian nations,
clothed with true marks of dignity and honour, filled with grandeur,
with glory and majesty, the emperor of France, and of
other vast kingdoms which depend upon it, our very magnificent,
very honoured, sincere, and ancient friend, Louis XV., to whom
God grant all success and felicity, having sent to our august
court, which is the seat of the caliphate, a letter containing
evidences of the most perfect sincerity, and of the most particular
affection, candour, and uprightness, and the same letter
being destined for our Sublime Port of felicity, which, by the
infinite goodness of the incontestably majestic Supreme Being,
is the abode of sultans the most magnificent, of emperors the
most respectable; the model of Christian nobles, skilful, prudent,
esteemed, and honoured minister, Louis Sauveur, marquis
de Villeneuve, your present counsellor of state, and your ambassador
to our Port of felicity (may the end of which be crowned
with good fortune), having demanded permission to present and
remit the said letter, which has been granted to him by our
imperial consent, conformably with the ancient usages of our
court; and consequently the said ambassador having been
admitted to the foot of our imperial throne, surrounded with the
light of glory, he has there delivered the said letter, and has
been the representative of your majesty, in participating our imperial
grace and favour; the translation of its friendly tenor was
afterwards presented and reported, according to the ancient
customs of the Ottomans, at the foot of our sublime throne, by
the channel of the very honoured Elhadjy Mehemed Pacha, our
first minister, the absolute interpreter of our ordinances, the
ornament of the world, the support of the good order of nations,
the orderer of the grades of our empire, the instrument of the
glory of our crown, the channel for the favours of royal majesty,
the very virtuous Grand Vizier, my venerable and fortunate
minister and lieutenant-general, of whose power and prosperity
may God perpetuate the triumph!
“And as the expressions of this friendly letter make known the
desire and eagerness of your majesty to preserve, as heretofore,
all the honours and ancient friendship, hitherto maintained from
time immemorial between our glorious ancestors (may the light
of God be upon them), and the very magnificent emperors of
France; and as in the said letter there is question, in consideration
of the sincere friendship and the particular attachment that
France has always evinced towards our imperial house, again to
renew, during the happy period of our glorious reign, and to
strengthen and enlighten, by the addition of some articles, the
imperial capitulations, already renewed in the year of the
Hegyra 1084, under the reign of the late Sultan Mehemed, our
august grandfather, noble and generous during his life, and
happy in his death; which capitulations had for object, that the
ambassadors, consuls, interpreters, merchants, and other subjects
of France, should be protected and maintained in all peace and
tranquillity,[180] and it has at length arrived at our imperial knowledge
that these points have been conferred upon by the said
ambassador and the minister of the Sublime Port: the foundations
of the friendship which, from time immemorial, has subsisted
with firmness between the court of France and our Sublime
Port, and the convincing proofs which your majesty has
given of it, particularly during our glorious reign, giving reason
to hope that the ties of such a friendship can only be drawn
closer, and become stronger from day to day; these motives
have inspired us with sentiments conformable with your desires;
and wishing to procure activity in commerce, and security to
goers and comers, which are the fruits such a friendship ought to
produce; we not only confirm by these presents in their full extent,
the ancient and renewed capitulations, as well as the articles
concerted at the above date, but to procure more ease for our
merchants and greater vigour in commerce, we have granted
them exemption from the right of Mezeterie, which they have
paid at all times, as well as several other points concerning commerce,
and the safety of comers and goers, which have been
discussed, treated of, and regulated, in good and due form, in
the divers conferences which have been held upon the subject,
between the said ambassador, furnished with sufficient power,
and the persons deputed on the part of our Sublime Port.
After the entire conclusion of all, my supreme and absolute
Grand Vizier, having rendered an account of it to our imperial
Stirrup, and it being our will to show specially on this occasion
the value and esteem that we entertain for the ancient and constant
friendship of the emperor of France, who has just given us
fresh and particular marks of the sincerity of his heart, we have
granted our sign imperial for the execution of the articles newly
concluded, and consequently of the ancient and renewed capitulations;
having been transcribed and reported exactly, word
for word from the commencement, and followed by the articles
newly regulated and granted; these present imperial capitulations
have been placed and consigned, in the above-said order,
in the hands of the aforesaid ambassador.”
Articles 32, 33, 34, 35, and 36 of the capitulations contain
what follows:—“As inimical nations, who have no positive ambassadors
at my Port of felicity, formerly went and came in our
states, under the banner of the emperor of France, whether for
commerce, whether for pilgrimage, according to the imperial
permission they had had for it under the reigns of our ancestors
of glorious memory, as likewise it was granted by the ancient
capitulations accorded to the French: and as afterwards, for certain
reasons, the entrance to our states was positively prohibited
to these same nations, and they were even withdrawn from the
said capitulations; nevertheless, the emperor of France having
evinced by the letter he has sent to our Port of felicity, that he
should wish that the inimical nations, to whom trading in our
states has been forbidden, might have liberty to come and go to
Jerusalem, in the same manner as they were accustomed to go
and come, without being in any way interrupted; and that if
consequently it were permitted them to come and traffic in our
states, it should be under the banner of France, as formerly, the
demand of the emperor of France has been complied with, in
consideration of the ancient friendship, which from the times of
my glorious ancestors has subsisted, from father to son, between
your majesty and the Sublime Port, and we have issued an imperial
edict, of which the following is the tenor:—That the Christian
and inimical nations which are at peace with the emperor of
France, and who shall desire to visit Jerusalem, may go thither
and return, within the boundaries of their state, in the customary
manner, and in full liberty and security, without any person
causing them trouble or impediment; and if it should afterwards
prove convenient to grant to the said nations the liberty of
trading in our states, they will then go and come under the
banner of the emperor of France as formerly, without being
allowed to go and come under any other banner.
“The ancient imperial capitulations, which have been in the
hands of the French since the reigns of my magnificent ancestors
to the present day, and which have just been reported in detail
above, having been now renewed with an addition of some new
articles, conformably with the imperial order, issued in virtue of
my khatt-cherif; the first of these articles declares, that the
bishops dependent upon France, and the other ecclesiastics who
profess the French religion, of whatever nation or race they may
be, as long as they shall keep within the limits of their state,
shall not be troubled in the exercise of their functions in those
parts of our empire where they have been long settled.
“The French ecclesiastics who, according to ancient custom,
are established within and without the city of Jerusalem, in the
church of the Holy Sepulchre called Kamama, shall not be
disturbed in the places of visitation which they inhabit, and
which are in their hands, which shall remain still in their hands
as formerly, without being disturbed in that respect, or by the
imposition of tributes; and should any dispute arise, which
cannot be decided on the spot, it shall be sent to my Sublime
Port.
“The French, or those who depend upon them, of whatever
nation or quality they may be, who desire to go to Jerusalem,
shall not be molested either in going or returning.
“The two religious orders which are at Galata, that is to say,
the Jesuits and the Capuchins, having two churches there, which
have been in their hands ab antiquo, they shall remain in their
hands, and they shall retain the possession and the advantages
of them: and as one of these churches has been burnt, it shall
be rebuilt as justice requires, and it shall remain, as formerly, in
the hands of the Capuchins, without molestation or disturbance.
There shall be no uneasiness entertained with regard to the
churches the French have at Smyrna, Seyda, Alexandria, and
other Echelles; and no money shall be required of them under
any pretence.
“The French shall not be disturbed, when, within the bounds
of their own quarter, they read the Gospel in their hospital of
Galata.”
Several of these dispositions not having been strictly executed,
the Port renewed them in 1740; this is the renewal, as it is expressed
in article 82.
“When the places, of which the ecclesiastics dependent upon
France have possession at Jerusalem, as has been mentioned in
the articles solemnly granted and now renewed, shall be in want
of repair, to prevent the ruin to which they would be exposed
by the course of time, it shall be permitted to grant, at the
request of the ambassador of France, residing at my Port of
felicity, orders for their being repaired in a way conformable to
justice; and the cadis, commandants, and other officers, shall
not be allowed to throw any impediment in the way of the
things granted by order; and as it has happened that our officers,
under pretext of having made secret repairs in the said places,
made many visits in the course of the year, and extorted money
from the ecclesiastics, we command that, on the part of the
cadis, commandants, and other officers who may be there, there
shall be only one visit made in the year to the church of the
place that is called the Sepulchre of Jesus; and the same in the
other churches and places of visitation. The bishop and ecclesiastics
dependent upon the emperor of France, who are in my
empire, shall be protected as long as they confine themselves to
the limits of their own state, and nobody shall prevent them
from performing their rites according to their own customs, in
the churches which are in their hands, as well as in the other
places in which they dwell: and when our tributary subjects
and the French shall go and come among one another, for the
purpose of buying, selling, or other affairs, they shall not be
molested, against the same laws, on account of this intercourse;
and as it is decreed in the preceding stipulated articles that they
shall be allowed to read the Scriptures in the hospital of Galata,
and this has, nevertheless, not been done, we order, that in
whatever place that hospital may for the future be, in a juridical
form, they may be allowed to read the Scripture there, as is their
duty, without any inquietude upon the subject.”
The capitulations or treaties with the Port are too extensive
to allow us to give them entirely here. The articles, which
amount to eighty-five, regulate the rights of persons and the
commercial privileges of which the Port has granted the enjoyment
to all the French established or travelling in the countries
of its domination; they regulate also the diplomatic relations
between the two powers, and the prerogatives of the ambassadors
of the king of France.
————
No. 40.
Note by M. Raynouard upon the Work by M. Hammer, entitled Mysterium
Baphometi Revelatum, &c.
Since the proscription of the knights of the Temple and the
abolition of the order, five hundred years had passed away,
when accusations, evidences, and judgments, were again submitted
to the revision of history;—the renown of the order and
the memory of the knights are again reëstablished in the opinion
of impartial persons.
A new adversary of the Templars presented himself, and
setting aside the accusations which contemporary persecutors
had imagined, invented other crimes. In spite of the interval
of time, he boasted of being able to produce material proofs:
“There is no need of words,” says M. Hammer, “when stones
serve as witnesses.”
What are these monuments with which the persons who prepared
and achieved the ruin of the Templars were unacquainted,
or which they neglected? How did they escape the industrious
perquisitions of the envy, hatred, and sagacity of the inquisitors?
Why did not the divers apostates, who, from ambition or fear,
gave evidence against the order, point out monuments which
then would have been more numerous and more striking, and
whose existence might have justified their shameful desertion?
And when the churches and houses of the Templars were occupied
by successors who had so much interest in procuring pardon
for the rigour of the spoliation, how was it that none of these
successors discovered these material proofs, which, according to
M. Hammer, proclaim to the present day the apostasy of the
Templars?
The work of this scholar is entitled, Le Mystère du Baphomet
révélé; or, the Brothers of the Military Order of the Temple
convicted, by their own Memorials, of sharing the Apostasy,
Idolatry, and Impiety of the Gnostics, and even of the Ophianites.
The following contains the exposition, the analysis, and the
recapitulation of M. Hammer.
“We read, in the procedure undertaken against the order of
the Temple, that the knights worshipped an idol of Bafomet
form—in figuram Bafometi.[181] The decomposition of this word
furnishes bafo and meti. Bafo, in Greek, signifies dyeing, or
dipping, and, by extension, baptism; meti, signifies spirit.
The Bafomet of the Templars was then the baptism of the spirit—the
Gnostic baptism, which was not performed by the waters
of redemption, but which was a spiritual lustration by fire.
Bafomet signifies, then, the illumination of the spirit.
“As the Gnostics had furnished the Templars with Bafometic
ideas and images, the word meti (metis) became venerated
among the Templars: “I shall, therefore,” adds M. Hammer,
“furnish proofs of this decisive circumstance.
“The Gnostics were accused of infamous vices. The metis
was represented under symbolical forms, principally under that
of serpents, and of a truncated cross in the shape of Tau—T.
“The Gnostics,” continues M. Hammer, “did not always
employ the word meti in their monuments; they likewise made
use of the word gnosis, which is synonymous, and is found
among the Templars.”
Developing his system of accusation, M. Hammer constantly
maintains that it is proved by the proceedings instituted against
the Templars, that they adored Bafometic figures; he produces
medals which bear these pretended Bafometic figures, and particularly
some medals upon which may be read, meti, with a
truncated cross,[182] and others which represent a temple, with the
legend, Sanctissima Quinosis, that is to say, Gnosis. He indicates
likewise Gnostic vases and chalices; and attributing them
to the Templars, advances, that the romance of the Saint Graal,
or holy cup, is a symbolic romance, which at the same time
conceals and proves the apostasy of the knights; and believes
that he recognises in churches which formerly belonged to the
Templars, or which he pretends to have belonged to them, Bafometic
figures, and Gnostic and ophitic symbols.
M. Hammer expends much erudition in describing the various
and numerous systems which preceded and produced the sect of
the Gnostics; at length he comes to the Bafometic figures; he
produces twenty-four of them, which appear to him to bear the
characters of the Bafomet; they are covered with astrological
signs; many are encircled by a serpent, and hold this cross by a
handle, which was called key of the Nile by the Egyptians, and
which has been considered the symbol of fecundity; they bear
inscriptions, some in Latin, some in Greek, which denote nothing
but proper names; and others in Arabic would be unintelligible,
if we had not the means of comparing them with those upon the
vases. The principal vase bears an Arabic inscription, which refers
to the worship of a divinity named Mété; it has the title of
Teala—all-powerful, and of Nasch—producer. M. Hammer pretends
that the Mété was the same as the Sophia and Achamet of
the various sects of Gnostics.
But no relation presents itself, either near or remote, with the
Templars.
It was M. Nicolaï who, in a German work, entitled, An Essay
upon the Secret of the Templars, first employed this word Bafomet,
and who attached to it the idea of the image of the supreme
God, in the state of quietude attributed to him by the Manichean
Gnostics; it was this learned man who first supposed that
the Templars had a secret doctrine and initiations of several
grades; and he pretends that the Saracens had communicated
this doctrine to them.
In order to destroy all these systems, it is sufficient to prove
that it is impossible to prove that the word Bafometi, which is
reported in the proceedings against the Templars, signified anything
but Mahomet.
M. le Baron Sylvestre de Sacy had already condemned this
explanation of M. Hammer; and if the latter persisted in not
recognising in Bafomet the name of Mahomet, it would be easy
to prove to him that authors of the middle ages often wrote
Bafomet for Mahomet;—authorities are not wanting.
If the word even of the Bafometic or Gnostic sect does not
exist, if it never has existed, the entire system is without a basis.
But even if it could be proved that a Bafometic sect had
existed, if we were in possession of certain details upon its
opinions and mysteries, how could M. Hammer prove that the
Templars belonged to this sect?
M. Hammer has collected and caused to be engraved as many
as a hundred medals and other monuments which he attributes
to the Templars, because he fancies he finds upon them the Mete
and the Tau of the Gnostics.
The medals he produces are not even proofs of the existence
of a sect of Gnostics; and even if this existence could be demonstrated,
these medals and these monuments being entirely foreign
to the Templars, why should they be applied to them?[183]
To give an idea of the manner in which M. Hammer tries to
prove, by the medals, that the Templars were Gnostics, I will
cite only these upon which this savant fancies he reads the word
Quinosis or Gnosis.
In the coin 80, we see, according to M. Hammer, the temple
of Jerusalem with four towers; the inscription is: + S. S.
SIMOONJU[prostrate d]A; but reading it the reverse way, and beginning,
not by the final A, but by the prostrate d, which M. Hammer
has taken for a Q, whilst other savants, who have quoted this
medal, have thought it a D, he reads SSTA QUINOMIS, although
there is no T in the inscription; and considering the M
as a sigma reversed, M. Hammer has found Quinosis; then
Qui into G, and only making a single O of the two, he obtains
Gnosis; which, according to his account, reveals and proves the
secret of the Gnostic Templars.
M. Hammer not only reads it backwards, but he begins by
the penultimate letter, and leaves the A, after which is a +
which separates the beginning of the inscription from its end.
He adds a T, and supposes a Greek letter mixed with the Latin
inscription; and yet, after all these changes, he cannot produce
the word Gnosis.
And what prevented him from seeing in this inscription what
it really is, SS. SIMON JUDA?
In the medal 99 we read in the same manner, S. Simon Vel
Juda; in the 93rd, S. Simon Juda, &c. Nothing was more
common in the middle ages than coins which, on one side bear
the name of a saint, and on the other side the name of a city
or prince.
Two of the coins upon which, instead of St. Simon and St.
Jude, M. Hammer records Saint Gnostic, bear also the name
of Otto, or Otto Marchio. This circumstance is embarrassing
for M. Hammer; he explains it by saying that this Marquis
Otho was a Gnostic, a protector of the Templars, and initiated
into their secret doctrines.
Seelander only reads St. Simon and St. Jude upon these coins;
he believes that this Otho might be Otho II., marquis of Brandenburg,
who lived about the year 1200. If the opinion of
Seelander will not induce M. Hammer to adopt this simple,
natural, and evident explanation, he may find in Otto Sperlingius
the explanation of a similar coin, with the inscription of St.
Simon and St. Jude. The heads of the two saints are close
together, under the same crown. A. Mellen thought that this
coin was struck at Goslar, and Sperlengius adopts his opinion.
But even if it were allowed that these coins belonged to a sect
of Gnostics, I should continue to assert that M. Hammer does
not at all prove that the Templars made use of them. The
reasoning of this savant is reduced almost to this:—“These
monuments are Gnostic, therefore they relate to the Templars;”
and to this:—“These monuments relate to the Templars, therefore
they are Gnostic.”
But let me be permitted to say once more, if the Templars
had had amongst them such Gnostic signs, how was it that these
signs were not made known and denounced when the question
was to destroy the order? How is it that they are never found
anywhere but in Germany?
I should obtain the same result if I were to examine in this
manner in detail all that relates to the cups and chalices in which
M. Hammer believes he sees Gnostic emblems; not only is
there nothing upon them concerning the Templars, but M. Hammer
has only collected them in places and upon monuments quite
foreign to the order of the Templars.
As to the Gnostic sculptures which M. Hammer persists in
seeing in some churches, is it not well known that we find in the
churches of the middle ages sculptures and monuments which it
is very difficult to explain, either on account of the moral and
religious ideas which the artists of the time expressed under very
unsuitable images; or on account of the pious allegories, the
tradition of which is not come down to us?
The relievos of the capitals of the church of St. Germaine
des Prés have embarrassed antiquaries, and if M. Hammer had
found such in a church of the Templars, he would not have failed
to magnify by them his act of accusation.
He cites seven churches in Germany, in which he pretends to
recognise Gnostic emblems: but he offers no proof that these
churches belonged to the Templars; and, even if the Order had
built them, is it to be conceived, that if there existed a secret
doctrine among them, the leaders would have exposed the symbols
of it in public in their churches? And how is it that they
selected seven German churches to receive these irreligious
signs, whilst they did nothing of the same kind in the three
thousand churches they possessed in Christendom?
M. Hammer is not more fortunate when he seeks in romances,
which speak of the Saint Graal, the emblematic history, or the
symbol of the order of the Temple.
These romances present nothing contrary to religion; the
knights, who are the personages, promise fidelity to God and the
ladies; they arm and fight for religion and beauty. Can we
then be astounded that at the period when these romances were
composed, the search for the St. Graal, or holy cup, was considered
an exploit worthy of chivalry?
M. Hammer fancies he finds something very favourable to
him in the following passage:—“As the St. Graal came to
Tramelet on the day of Pentecost,”—he remarks that the festival
of St. Graal was not celebrated on Christmas-day, but at
Pentecost; “if by this cup,” says he, “had been meant, as some
people suppose, the Lord’s cup, the festival would have been
celebrated either on Christmas-day or Holy Thursday, and not
on the day of Pentecost, which the Gnostics regarded as very
holy, as the day of the Holy Ghost, which was for the Gnostics
Sophia, and for the Templars Mete.”
The reply to this is very easy:—1st. King Artus held his
plenary court on the great festivals of the year; it is not, then,
surprising that the St. Graal should arrive at Pentecost. 2nd.
The author of the romance could not choose the day of Christmas-day,
which festival was not appointed in the time of King
Artus. 3rd. It is even probable that the romance in question
was composed before the institution of that festival by Urban IV.,
in 1264.
M. Hammer has been sensible that it was strange to form,
after a lapse of five centuries, an accusation against the Templars
quite different from that which served as a pretext for the
contemporary oppressors. Therefore he advances that the pope,
by the sentence which was pronounced against the Templars,
was willing to conceal the knowledge of their true crimes; but
he maintains, that when the archives of Rome shall come to
light, as everything does sooner or later, we shall there find the
proof of the crimes he now denounces.
How is it possible to be believed, that if the knights had been
guilty of the crimes M. Hammer attributes to them, the pope
and kings would have preferred the absurd system of accusation
which they employed, to a system such as that which M. Hammer
puts forth?
But, besides, it is very certain that ALL the pieces which the
archives of Rome contained are now known: they are ALL
marked with their numbers in the notice of the unpublished
pieces which have assisted in the composition of Les Monuments
Historiques relatifs à la Condemnation des Chavaliers du Temple,
etc. M. Hammer has nothing, therefore, to hope from the
archives of the Vatican.
This distinguished savant will some day acknowledge that he
ought not to have yielded to the desire of putting forth a new
system of denunciation against the order and the knights of the
Temple. Their terrible and celebrated catastrophe imposes the
obligation of being very circumspect and very severe in the
choice of the means by which we may allow ourselves to endeavour
to deprive them of the just pity which posterity has not
refused to their fate.